WO2019006882A1 - Method, apparatus and system for training transmission beam - Google Patents

Method, apparatus and system for training transmission beam Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019006882A1
WO2019006882A1 PCT/CN2017/101970 CN2017101970W WO2019006882A1 WO 2019006882 A1 WO2019006882 A1 WO 2019006882A1 CN 2017101970 W CN2017101970 W CN 2017101970W WO 2019006882 A1 WO2019006882 A1 WO 2019006882A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
network device
resource
transmission beam
uplink transmission
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/101970
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
庞高昆
方平
程勇
李小仙
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201780088060.5A priority Critical patent/CN110383705B/en
Publication of WO2019006882A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019006882A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method, device, and system for training a transmission beam.
  • 5G systems fifth generation mobile communication technology
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NR new radio
  • a plurality of downlink transmission beams (hereinafter referred to as downlink transmission beams) and corresponding reception beams are configured on the network device side, and multiple uplinks are also configured on the user equipment (UE) side.
  • the transmission beam (hereinafter referred to as the uplink transmission beam) and the corresponding receiving beam
  • the network device can send the downlink data to the UE through the downlink transmission beam, and the UE receives the downlink data through the receiving beam of the UE.
  • the UE can transmit the uplink beam through the uplink.
  • the network device sends uplink data, and the network device receives the uplink data through the receiving beam of the network device.
  • the network device and the UE use the beam to transmit uplink and downlink data, first determine which one or more beams to use to transmit data, and determine which one or which beams to use to receive data, and transmit the uplink data as an example, in a random connection.
  • the UE may use the multiple uplink transmission beams of the UE to send the reference signal to the network device, and after receiving the reference signal sent by the UE, the network device may receive the reference signal according to the reference signal transmitted by the multiple uplink transmission beams.
  • RSRP reference signal receiving
  • RSRQ reference signal received quality
  • RSSI received signal strength indicator
  • the reference signal received by the network device may be a superposition of signals transmitted by multiple UEs. Therefore, the uplink transmission beam selected by the network device according to the reference signal received by the network device may be Inaccurate, as such, may result in poor transmission quality of the uplink data.
  • the present application provides a method, device, and system for training a transmission beam, which can improve the accuracy of training an uplink transmission beam, thereby improving the transmission quality of uplink data.
  • the application provides a method for training a transmission beam, where the method may include: And receiving, by the first UE, a preamble sequence that is sent by using the at least one uplink transmission beam; and the network device sends the first resource information to the first UE, where the first resource information indicates that the network device is the first resource configured by the first UE, the first resource And transmitting, by the first UE, the identifier information of the first UE by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam, where the at least one first uplink transmission beam is part or all of the at least one uplink transmission beam; and then the network device receives the first UE.
  • the network device identifying, by the network device, the identifier information of the first UE that is sent by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam, and the network device sends the second resource information to the first UE, where the second resource information indicates that the network device is configured by the first UE a second resource, where the second resource is used by the first UE to send uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam; and then the network device receives uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource by using at least one uplink transmission beam; Uplink information sent by the UE, determining at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam And a network device transmits at least one information of the second uplink transmission beams to the first UE, the at least one transmission beam information of the second uplink quality information includes information identifying at least a second uplink transmission beams or at least a second uplink transmission beam.
  • the method for training a transmission beam provided by the present application, after the network device receives the preamble sequence transmitted by the first UE using the at least one uplink transmission beam, the network device sends the first resource to the first UE.
  • Information and the network device receives the identification information of the first UE that is sent by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource, and then the network device may further send the second resource information to the first UE, where the first UE is The second resource indicated by the second resource information uses at least one uplink transmission beam to send uplink information to the network device, so that the network device can determine at least one second uplink transmission from the at least one uplink transmission beam according to the uplink information sent by the first UE.
  • the beam transmits the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE to complete the training of the uplink transmission beam, thereby improving the accuracy of training the uplink transmission beam, thereby improving the transmission quality of the uplink data.
  • the method for training a transmission beam provided by the application further includes: the network device explicitly indicating or implicitly indicating that the first UE uses the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource. Send upstream information.
  • the method for the network device to explicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource may include: the network device sends the first indication information to the first UE, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first The UE transmits uplink information using at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the method for the network device to implicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource may include: the second resource information sent by the network device may indicate that the first UE uses the at least one uplink transmission on the second resource.
  • the beam transmits the uplink information; or the network device sends the predetermined information to the first UE, the predetermined information indicating that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, where the predetermined information includes a predetermined sequence, a predetermined Encoding or a predetermined time-frequency resource location; or the network device instructing the first UE to transmit uplink information on the second resource using the at least one uplink transmission beam by enabling or activating the predetermined resource.
  • the network device may indicate, by using an explicit indication or an implicit indication, that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
  • the method for the network device to send the first indication information to the first UE may include: the network device carrying the first indication information in a contention resolution message in the random access procedure Sending to the first UE; or the network device carries the first indication information on the physical downlink control channel (physical The downlink control information (DCI) of the downlink control channel (PDCCH) is sent to the first UE.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the method for the network device to send the second resource information to the first UE may include: the network device carrying the second resource information in the contention resolution message, and sending the information to the first UE; Or the network device carries the second resource information in the DCI of the PDCCH and sends the information to the first UE.
  • the network device may send the first indication information to the first UE in multiple manners, or may send the second resource information to the first UE in multiple manners, so that the training transmission beam process can be more flexibly implemented.
  • the transmission of information may be used to indicate the training transmission beam process.
  • the network device may determine, from the at least two UEs. a UE, and the network device sends the identification information of the first UE to the first UE.
  • the network device when the network device receives the identification information of at least two UEs that are sent by the UE on the first resource, the accuracy of the training transmission beam can be improved.
  • the method for the network device to send the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE may include: the network device sends the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE; or the network device Transmitting all or part of the downlink information on the PDCCH by using the identifier information of the first UE that is scrambled or using the cell radio network temporary identify (CRNTI) of the first UE to indicate the network device A UE sends the identification information of the first UE.
  • CNTI cell radio network temporary identify
  • the network device if the network device receives the identifier information of the at least two UEs sent by the at least two UEs, the network device sends the second second of each of the at least two UEs to the at least two UEs.
  • the resource information where the second resource information is used by the UE to send uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the network device can select the uplink transmission beams of at least two UEs at the same time, that is, complete the training of the transmission beams with the at least two UEs at the same time, and improve the efficiency of the uplink transmission beam selection.
  • the method for training the transmission beam provided by the present application may further include: The device sends first indication information to each of the at least two UEs, where the first indication information is used to indicate that each UE sends uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam of each UE.
  • the foregoing network device may perform at least one of the following:
  • the network device sends, to the first UE, identifier information of the uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
  • the network device sends, to the first UE, a type of uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource, which is indicated by the network device.
  • the network device sends, to the first UE, the number of times that the first UE indicated by the network device sends the uplink information sent by the uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
  • the network device sends, to the first UE, the number of uplink transmission beams indicated by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
  • the network device sends, to the first UE, an order of the uplink transmission beams that are sent by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
  • the method for training a transmission beam provided by the present application may also be The method includes: the network device sends, to the first UE, packet information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam, where the group information includes at least one of group identification information and identification information of an uplink transmission beam corresponding to the group identification information.
  • the network device may send the packet information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE, and thus, the first UE fails to send the uplink data to the network device by using one of the at least one second uplink transmission beam.
  • the first UE may send uplink data to the network device by using other transmission beams that are in the same transmission beam group as the beam, so that the network device can smoothly receive the uplink data sent by the first UE.
  • the method for the network device to send the first resource information to the first UE may include: the network device carrying the first resource information in the random access response message One UE.
  • the method for training the transmission beam provided by the present application may further include: The device determines the at least one first uplink transmission beam according to the preamble sequence sent by the first UE by using the at least one uplink transmission beam; and the network device sends the identifier information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam to the first UE.
  • the network device selects at least one first uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam, and sends the identifier information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam to the first UE, where the at least one first uplink transmission beam is a transmission beam with a better channel quality in the at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the first UE sends the identifier information of the first UE to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource, thereby improving the UE and the network.
  • the transmission quality of information transmitted between devices are examples of information transmitted between devices.
  • the present application provides a method for training a transmission beam, the method may include: the first UE sends a preamble sequence to a network device by using at least one uplink transmission beam; and then the first UE receives the first resource information sent by the network device, The first resource information indicates a first resource, where the first resource is used by the first UE to send the identifier information of the first UE by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam, where the at least one first uplink transmission beam is in the at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the first UE transmits the identification information of the first UE to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource; and the first UE receives the second resource information sent by the network device, where The second resource information indicates a second resource, where the second resource is used by the first UE to send uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam; and the first UE sends uplink information to the network device by using at least one uplink transmission wave speed on the second resource; Receiving, by the first UE, information of at least one second uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device, the at least one The second uplink transmission beam is at least one transmission beam determined by the network device from the at least one uplink transmission beam, and the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam includes the identification information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam or the at least one second uplink transmission beam. Quality information.
  • the method for training a transmission beam provided by the present application may further include: using, by the first UE, at least one uplink transmission on the second resource according to an explicit indication or an implicit indication.
  • the beam sends uplink information.
  • the method for the first UE to use the at least one uplink transmission beam to send the uplink information on the second resource according to the explicit indication may include: the first UE receives the first indication information sent by the network device, and according to the first finger And transmitting, by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, the uplink information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
  • the method for the first UE to use the at least one uplink transmission beam to send the uplink information on the second resource according to the implicit indication may include: the first UE uses the at least one uplink on the second resource according to the second resource information received by the first UE.
  • the transmission beam transmits uplink information, where the second resource information indicates that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource; or the first UE receives the predetermined information sent by the network device, and according to the predetermined information, And transmitting, by the at least one uplink transmission beam, the uplink information, where the predetermined information indicates that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, where the predetermined information includes a predetermined sequence, a predetermined code, or a predetermined The time-frequency resource location; or after the first UE learns that the network device enables or activates the predetermined resource, the uplink information is sent by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource
  • the method for the first UE to receive the first indication information sent by the network device may include: receiving, by the first UE, a contention resolution message in a random access procedure sent by the network device, The contention message carries the first indication information; or the first UE receives the DCI sent by the network device on the PDCCH, where the DCI carries the first indication information.
  • the method for the first UE to receive the second resource information sent by the network device may include: receiving, by the first UE, a contention resolution message sent by the network device, where the contention resolution message is Carrying the second resource information; or the first UE receives the DCI sent by the network device on the PDCCH, where the DCI carries the second resource information.
  • the method for training a transmission beam that is provided by the present application may further include: receiving, by the first UE, identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device.
  • the method for the first UE to receive the identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device includes: receiving, by the first UE, identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device; or The first UE receives all or part of downlink information sent by the network device on the PDCCH using the scrambled first UE identity information or using the scrambled first UE's CRNTI.
  • the foregoing first UE may perform at least one of the following:
  • the first UE receives the identifier information of the uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device for the first UE to send the uplink information on the second resource.
  • the first UE receives the type of uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource indicated by the network device.
  • the first UE receives the number of times that the first UE indicated by the network device uses the uplink transmission beam to send uplink information on the second resource.
  • the first UE receives the number of uplink transmission beams indicated by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
  • the first UE receives an order of the uplink transmission beams indicated by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
  • the method for training a transmission beam that is provided by the application may further include: receiving, by the first UE, packet information of at least one second uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device, the group information At least one of the group identification information and the identification information of the uplink transmission beam corresponding to the group identification information.
  • the training provided by the application may further include: receiving, by the first UE, identification information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device.
  • the application provides a network device, which may include a receiving module, a sending module, and a determining module.
  • the receiving module may be configured to receive a preamble sequence that is sent by the first user equipment UE by using at least one uplink transmission beam, where the sending module sends the first resource information to the first UE, where the first resource information indicates that the network device is configured by the first UE.
  • the first resource is used by the first UE to send the identifier information of the first UE by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam, where the at least one first uplink transmission beam is part or all of the at least one uplink transmission beam;
  • the module may be further configured to receive the identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the first UE by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource that is sent by the sending module, where the sending module is further configured to send the second resource information to the first UE.
  • the second resource information indicates that the network device is the second resource configured by the first UE, where the second resource is used by the first UE to send the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, and the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the first UE, the sending Uplink information sent by the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource sent by the module; the determining module may be used according to Receiving, by the receiving module, the uplink information sent by the first UE, determining at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam, where the sending module is further configured to send information about the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE, where The information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam includes the identification information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam or the quality information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam.
  • the network device further includes an indication module, where the indication module is configured to explicitly indicate or implicitly instruct the first UE to use at least one uplink transmission beam to send on the second resource.
  • Uplink information The indication module is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the first UE by using the sending module, where the first indication information is used to explicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam; or the indication module is specifically configured to send, by using the sending module, The first UE sends predetermined information, and the predetermined information implicitly indicates that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, where the predetermined information includes a predetermined sequence, a predetermined code, or a predetermined time-frequency resource location. Or the indication module is specifically configured to implicitly instruct the first UE to send the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource by enabling or activating the predetermined resource.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the first UE in a contention resolution message in the random access process; or the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the first indication information is carried in the DCI of the PDCCH and sent to the first UE.
  • the sending module is configured to carry the second resource information in the contention resolution message and send the message to the first UE, or the sending module is configured to carry the second resource information.
  • the first UE is sent in the DCI of the PDCCH.
  • the determining module is further configured to: when the receiving module receives the identifier information of the at least two UEs that are sent by the at least two UEs on the first resource, The first UE is determined by the at least two UEs; the sending module is further configured to send the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to send the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE, or the sending module is specifically configured to use the identifier information of the scrambled first UE. Or transmitting all or part of downlink information on the PDCCH using the CRNTI of the scrambled first UE to indicate the network The device sends the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE.
  • the foregoing sending module is further configured to: when the receiving module receives the identifier information of the at least two UEs sent by the at least two UEs, send the at least two UEs to at least two UEs.
  • the second resource information of the two UEs, and the second resource information is used by the UE to send uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the foregoing sending module is further configured to: after sending the second resource information of the at least two UEs to the at least two UEs, to each of the at least two UEs The UE sends the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that each UE sends uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam of each UE.
  • the foregoing sending module is further configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the foregoing sending module may be further configured to send, to the first UE, packet information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam, where the group information includes group identifier information and group identifier information. At least one of the identification information of the uplink transmission beam.
  • the sending module is configured to send the first resource information in a random access response message to the first UE.
  • the determining module may be further configured to: after the receiving module receives the preamble sequence sent by the first UE by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, use the at least one uplink transmission according to the first UE.
  • the preamble sequence of the beam is sent to determine at least one first uplink transmission beam; the foregoing sending module is further configured to send the identifier information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam to the first UE.
  • the uplink information that is sent by the first UE by using the at least one uplink transmission beam by the first UE on the second resource includes at least one of the following information: a sequence, where the sequence includes an uplink. Sounding reference signal (SRS) sequence, sequence generated based on Zadoff-Chu sequence, frame, message, and signal.
  • SRS Sounding reference signal
  • the application provides a UE, where the UE is a first UE, and the UE includes a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module may be configured to send the preamble sequence to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam
  • the receiving module may be configured to receive the first resource information sent by the network device, where the first resource information indicates the first resource, and the first resource is used by the first resource.
  • the sending module is further configured to send, by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam, the first UE to the network device on the first resource.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the second resource information that is sent by the network device, where the second resource information is used by the second resource, where the second resource is used by the first UE to send uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam;
  • the method may be further configured to send the uplink information to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission wave speed on the second resource, where the receiving module is further configured to receive the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device, and the at least one second uplink transmission beam.
  • the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam includes the identification information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam or the quality information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device, where the sending module is further configured to: And transmitting, by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, the uplink information, where the first indication information is used to explicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource; or the sending module is further configured to receive, according to the receiving module, And the second resource information, where the at least one uplink transmission beam is used to send the uplink information, where the second resource information indicates that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource; or the receiving module further uses Receiving the predetermined information sent by the network device; the sending module is further configured to send the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource according to the predetermined information, where the predetermined information indicates that the first UE uses at least one of the second resources.
  • the uplink transmission beam transmits uplink information
  • the predetermined information includes a predetermined sequence, a predetermined Encoding or a predetermined time-frequency resource location; or the foregoing sending module may be further configured to: after the first UE learns that the network device enables or activates the predetermined resource, send the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, where the network The device enables or activates the predetermined resource implicitly indicating that the first UE transmits the uplink information on the second resource using the at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to receive a contention resolution message in a random access process sent by the network device, where the contention resolution message carries the first indication information; or The receiving module is specifically configured to receive the DCI sent by the network device on the PDCCH, where the DCI carries the first indication information.
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to receive a contention resolution message sent by the network device, where the contention resolution message carries the second resource information; or the receiving module is specifically configured to receive the network.
  • the foregoing receiving module is further configured to receive identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device.
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to receive the identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device, or the receiving module is configured to receive, by the network device, the scrambled first UE. Identification information or all or part of downlink information transmitted on the PDCCH using the CRNTI of the scrambled first UE.
  • the foregoing receiving module is further configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the network device, packet information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam, where the group information includes group identifier information and group identifier information. At least one of the identification information of the uplink transmission beam.
  • the foregoing receiving module may be further configured to: before the sending module sends the identifier information of the first UE to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource, Receiving identification information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam sent by the network device.
  • the uplink information that the first UE sends to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource includes at least one of the following information: a sequence, where the sequence includes an uplink SRS. Sequences, sequences generated based on Zadoff-Chu sequences, frames (which may include ACK (acknowledge) messages), messages, and signals, and the like.
  • a network device in a fifth aspect, can include a processor and a memory coupled to the processor. This memory can be used to store computer instructions. The method of training the transmitted beam by any one of the first aspect and various alternative implementations thereof, when the network device is running, the processor executing the computer instructions stored in the memory .
  • a computer readable storage medium comprising computer instructions.
  • the network device is caused to perform the method of training a transmit beam as described in any of the first aspects above and various alternative implementations thereof.
  • a computer program product comprising computer instructions, when executed on a network device, causes the network device to perform any of the first aspect described above and various alternative implementations thereof A method of training a transmitted beam.
  • a UE in an eighth aspect, can include a processor and a memory coupled to the processor. This memory can be used to store computer instructions.
  • the processor executes the computer instructions stored by the memory to cause the UE to perform the method of training a transmit beam as described in any one of the second aspect above and its various alternative implementations.
  • a computer readable storage medium comprising computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are run on the UE, the UE is caused to perform the method of training a transmit beam as described in any of the second aspect above and its various alternative implementations.
  • a computer program product comprising computer instructions
  • the computer program product is When the UE is running, the UE is caused to perform the method of training the transmission beam according to any one of the foregoing second aspects and various alternative implementations thereof.
  • a communication system may include the network device according to any one of the foregoing third aspects and various alternative implementations thereof, and the fourth aspect and various The UE described in any one of the implementations.
  • the communication system may include the network device in the above fifth aspect, and the UE in the above eighth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a beam pair according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of hardware of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of hardware of a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for a random access procedure provided by the prior art
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for training a transmission beam according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • first and second and the like in the specification and claims of the embodiments of the present invention are used to distinguish different objects, and are not intended to describe a specific order of the objects.
  • first uplink transmission beam and the second uplink transmission beam and the like are used to distinguish different transmission beams, rather than describing a specific order of transmission beams.
  • the words “exemplary” or “such as” are used to mean an example, illustration, or illustration. Any embodiment or design described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the invention should not be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of the words “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present the concepts in a particular manner.
  • a plurality means two or more unless otherwise stated.
  • a plurality of processing units refers to two or more processing units;
  • a plurality of systems refers to two or more systems.
  • a communication resource which can be called a spatial resource, a precoding vector, that is, a transmission or reception precoding vector with energy transmission execution.
  • beamforming techniques can be used between communication devices to limit the energy of the transmitted signal to a certain beam direction, thereby increasing signal and reception efficiency.
  • Different beams can be considered as different resources, and the same information or different information can be transmitted through different beams.
  • the beam can be divided into a transmit beam and a receive beam, and the beam transmit beam can be a signal intensity distribution formed in different directions of the space after the signal is transmitted through the antenna.
  • the receive beam may refer to a signal strength distribution of wireless signals received from the antenna in different directions in space.
  • Beam pair The transmit beam and the receive beam are a pair of beam pairs.
  • the downlink transmission beam of the network device and the corresponding UE receive beam are a pair of beams.
  • the uplink transmission beam of the UE and the receiving beam of the corresponding network device are a pair of beam pairs, and the link formed by the beam pair is called a beam pair link (BPL).
  • BPL beam pair link
  • the network device generates multiple downlink transmission beams (ie, transmit beams) by using beamforming technology, and FIG.
  • the network device uses beam 3 to transmit downlink signals to the UE, and the UE can pass the beam 6 Receive the downlink signal sent by the network device.
  • Determining the transmission beam includes determining a downlink transmission beam and determining an uplink transmission beam.
  • the process of determining the downlink transmission beam may include: the network device transmitting one or more reference signals to the UE by using each downlink transmission beam (ie, a transmit beam), where the reference signals transmitted through different downlink transmission beams may be resource multiplexed (for example, time domain and/or frequency domain resource multiplexing by time division, frequency division, code division or a combination thereof); the UE receives each downlink transmission of the network device through each of the plurality of reception beams, respectively.
  • each downlink transmission beam ie, a transmit beam
  • the reference signals transmitted through different downlink transmission beams may be resource multiplexed (for example, time domain and/or frequency domain resource multiplexing by time division, frequency division, code division or a combination thereof)
  • the UE receives each downlink transmission of the network device through each of the plurality of reception beams, respectively.
  • the network device can use the downlink transmission beam to transmit a control channel, a data channel, a sounding signal, and the like.
  • the network device can generate four transmit beams, labeled as beams 1, 2, and 3, respectively; the UE can generate three receive beams, labeled as beams a, b, respectively. Then, the network device separately transmits the reference signal through the beams 1, 2, and 3; the UE receives the reference signal through the beam a, and receives the reference signal through the beam b, and then determines the reference signal estimate received by each of the receive beams according to the received reference signal.
  • Channel quality of each beam pair (specifically: beam pair composed of beam 1 and beam a, beam pair composed of beam 2 and beam a, beam pair composed of beam 3 and beam a, beam pair composed of beam 1 and beam b
  • the beam quality of the beam pair formed by beam 2 and beam b, the beam pair formed by beam 3 and beam b, and the downlink transmission beam satisfying the preset condition, and the determined beam pair is the beam composed of beam 3 and beam a
  • the channel quality of the pair is the best, and the UE can feed back the identification information of the beam 3 to the network device.
  • the process of determining an uplink transmission beam may include: the UE transmitting one or more reference signals to the network device by using each uplink transmission beam (ie, a transmit beam), where the reference signals transmitted through different uplink transmission beams may be resource-multiplexed (for example, time domain and/or frequency domain resource multiplexing by time division, frequency division, code division mode or a combination thereof); the network device receives each uplink transmission of the UE through each of the plurality of reception beams respectively. a reference signal transmitted by the beam, and then estimating each of the UEs according to the received plurality of reference signals Uplinking the channel to the channel quality of each receive beam of the network device, and determining an uplink transmit beam whose channel quality meets a preset condition. Subsequently, the UE may use the uplink transmission beam to transmit a control channel, a data channel, a sounding signal, and the like.
  • each uplink transmission beam ie, a transmit beam
  • the reference signals transmitted through different uplink transmission beams may be resource-
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is mainly for how to determine the uplink transmission beam deployment, that is, based on the completion of the downlink transmission beam determination (how to determine the downlink transmission beam, the embodiment of the present invention) Without description or limitation, the uplink transmission beam is determined. For details, refer to the detailed description of the embodiments below.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method, a device and a system for training a transmission beam, where the network device is After the UE configures a resource (which may be referred to as a first resource) for the UE to use the at least one uplink transmission beam to transmit the identifier information of the UE, the network device may further configure, for the UE, a resource for the UE to use the at least one uplink transmission beam to send uplink information.
  • a resource which may be referred to as a first resource
  • the UE may send the uplink information to the network device by using the uplink transmission beam on the second resource, so that the network device may use at least one uplink according to each uplink information sent by the UE using the at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the uplink transmission beam with better signal quality is more accurately selected in the transmission beam for subsequent data transmission between the UE and the network device, and the transmission quality of the uplink data can be improved.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an NR system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the NR system may include a core network of a new air interface and an access network of a new air interface, wherein the functional entities of the access network include the network device 10 and the UE 11, and the functional entities of the access network may further include a relay.
  • the device 12, the UE 11 and the network device 10 can establish a connection through the link 1, and the UE 11 can also establish a connection with the relay device 12 through the link 3, and the relay device 12 establishes a connection with the network device 10 through the link 2, Thus the UE 11 can access the access network.
  • the relay device 12 can be considered as the user equipment of the network device 10, and for the UE, the relay device 12 can be considered as the network device of the UE 11.
  • the network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be a commonly used base station, an evolved node base station (eNB), a network device in a 5G system (for example, a next generation node base station (gNB), a new type of radio.
  • eNB evolved node base station
  • gNB next generation node base station
  • a device such as a new radio eNB, a macro base station, a micro base station, a high frequency base station, or a transmission and reception point (TRP).
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • the embodiment of the present invention introduces a hardware structure of a network device by using a base station that is generally used as an example.
  • the components of the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention are specifically described below with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may include: 20 parts and 21 parts.
  • the 20 parts are mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 21 parts are mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations.
  • the 20 part can be generally referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver.
  • the 21 part is usually the control center of the base station, and may be generally referred to as a processing unit for controlling the base station to perform the steps performed by the base station (ie, the serving base station) in FIG. 3 above.
  • the base station ie, the serving base station
  • the 20-part transceiver unit which may also be referred to as a transceiver, or a transceiver, includes an antenna and a radio frequency unit, wherein the radio frequency unit is mainly used for radio frequency processing.
  • 20 parts can be used to implement the receiving function.
  • the device is regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function is regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the 20 portion includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit or the like.
  • the 21 portion may include one or more boards, each of which may include one or more processors and one or more memories for reading and executing programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and for base stations control. If multiple boards exist, the boards can be interconnected to increase processing power. As an optional implementation manner, multiple boards share one or more processors, or multiple boards share one or more memories, or multiple boards share one or more processes at the same time.
  • the memory and the processor may be integrated or independently.
  • the 20 and 21 portions may be integrated or may be independently arranged.
  • all the functions in the 21 part may be integrated in one chip, or may be partially integrated in one chip to realize another part of the function integration in another one or more chips, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UE provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), a netbook or a personal digital assistant (PDA), a smart car, a sensing device. , Internet of Things (IOT) equipment, customer premise equipment (CPE), etc.
  • IOT Internet of Things
  • CPE customer premise equipment
  • the embodiment of the present invention takes the UE as a mobile phone as an example to introduce the hardware structure of the UE.
  • the components of the mobile phone provided by the embodiment of the present invention are specifically described below with reference to FIG.
  • the mobile phone provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes a processor 30, a radio frequency (RF) circuit 31, a power source 32, a memory 33, an input unit 34, a display unit 35, and an audio circuit 36.
  • RF radio frequency
  • the structure of the mobile phone shown in FIG. 4 does not constitute a limitation to the mobile phone, and may include more or less components such as those shown in FIG. 4, or may be combined as shown in FIG. Some of the components may be different from the components shown in Figure 4.
  • the processor 30 is the control center of the mobile phone and connects various parts of the entire mobile phone using various interfaces and lines.
  • the mobile phone is monitored overall by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in memory 33, as well as invoking data stored in memory 33, performing various functions and processing data of the handset.
  • processor 30 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 30 can integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes an operating system, a user interface, an application, and the like; and the modem processor mainly processes wireless communications. It can be understood that the above-mentioned modem processor can also be a processor that exists separately from the processor 30.
  • the RF circuit 31 can be used to receive and transmit signals during transmission or reception of information or calls. For example, after the downlink information of the base station is received, it is processed by the processor 30; in addition, the uplink data is transmitted to the base station.
  • RF circuits include, but are not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier (LNA), a duplexer, and the like.
  • the handset can also communicate wirelessly with other devices in the network via the RF circuitry 31.
  • Wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to global system of mobile communication (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple Access, CDMA), wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), LTE, e-mail, and short messaging service (SMS).
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • CDMA code division multiple Access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • LTE long term evolution
  • e-mail e-mail
  • SMS short messaging service
  • Power source 32 can be used to power various components of the handset, and power source 32 can be a battery.
  • the power supply can be logically coupled to the processor 30 through the power management system to manage functions such as charging, discharging, and power management through the power management system.
  • the memory 33 can be used to store software programs and/or modules, and the processor 30 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 33.
  • the memory 33 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area, wherein the storage program area may store an operating system, an application required for at least one function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.), and the like; the storage data area may be stored according to Data created by the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, image data, phone book, etc.).
  • the memory 33 may include a high speed random access memory, and may also include a nonvolatile memory such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid state storage device.
  • the input unit 34 can be configured to receive input numeric or character information and to generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function controls of the handset.
  • input unit 34 may include touch screen 341 as well as other input devices 342.
  • the touch screen 341 also referred to as a touch panel, can collect touch operations on or near the user (such as the operation of the user using a finger, a stylus, or the like on the touch screen 341 or near the touch screen 341), and according to The preset program drives the corresponding connection device.
  • the touch screen 341 may include two parts of a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects the touch orientation of the user, and detects a signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts the touch information into contact coordinates, and sends the touch information.
  • the processor 30 is provided and can receive commands from the processor 30 and execute them.
  • the touch screen 341 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves.
  • Other input devices 342 may include, but are not limited to, one or more of a physical keyboard, function keys (such as volume control buttons, power switch buttons, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks.
  • the display unit 35 can be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user as well as various menus of the mobile phone.
  • the display unit 35 may include a display panel 351.
  • the display panel 351 can be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like.
  • the touch screen 341 can cover the display panel 351, and when the touch screen 341 detects a touch operation thereon or nearby, it is transmitted to the processor 30 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 30 displays the panel according to the type of the touch event.
  • a corresponding visual output is provided on the 351.
  • the touch screen 341 and the display panel 351 are used as two separate components to implement the input and output functions of the mobile phone, in some embodiments, the touch screen 341 can be integrated with the display panel 351 to implement the input of the mobile phone. And output function.
  • An audio circuit 36, a speaker 361 and a microphone 362 are provided for providing an audio interface between the user and the handset.
  • the audio circuit 36 can transmit the converted electrical data of the received audio data to the speaker 361 for conversion to a sound signal output by the speaker 361.
  • the microphone 362 converts the collected sound signal into an electrical signal, which is received by the audio circuit 36 and converted into audio data, and then the audio data is output to the RF circuit 31 through the processor 30 for transmission to, for example, another mobile phone, or The audio data is output to the memory 33 by the processor 30 for further processing.
  • the mobile phone shown in FIG. 4 may further include various sensors.
  • a gyro sensor, a hygrometer sensor, an infrared sensor, a magnetometer sensor, and the like are not described herein.
  • the mobile phone shown in FIG. 4 may further include a Wi-Fi module, a Bluetooth module, and the like, and details are not described herein again.
  • the method for training a transmission beam provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be in a random access process.
  • Implementation to determine an uplink transmission beam for the UE to transmit uplink information may be in a random access process.
  • the existing LTE system is taken as an example to briefly describe the random access procedure.
  • the random access procedure includes S101-S105:
  • the network device sends basic system information to the UE.
  • the basic system information may be a system information block (SIB), such as system information block 2, that is, SIB2.
  • SIB system information block
  • the basic system information includes some parameter configuration information of a preamble sequence configured by the network device for the UE.
  • the UE receives basic system information sent by the network device, and sends a preamble sequence to the network device.
  • the UE may determine the format of the preamble sequence according to the basic system information, the UE sends the time-frequency resource of the preamble sequence, and the UE sends the designation on the network device of the time-frequency resource configured by the network device for the UE.
  • a preamble sequence of the format, the preamble sequence is used to notify the network device UE that there is a random access request.
  • the network device receives the preamble sequence sent by the UE, and detects the received preamble sequence. If the network device detects the preamble sequence and estimates the delay of the channel transmitting the preamble sequence, the network device sends a random access response to the UE. Message.
  • the random access response is the message 2 in the random access process, and the index of the preamble sequence, the time advance, and the uplink grant may be carried in the random access response message.
  • (uplink grant) information etc.
  • the uplink grant information may be used to indicate that the UE sends the time-frequency resource of the message 3.
  • the UE receives the random access response message sent by the network device, and sends the message 3 on the time-frequency resource specified by the uplink grant information of the random access response message.
  • the random access response time window may be carried in the system information, where the random access response time window refers to a time period in which the UE attempts to receive the random access response after transmitting the random access preamble. If the UE receives the random access response in the random access response time window, the message 3 is sent on the time-frequency resource specified by the random access response; if the UE does not receive the random access response in the random access response time window , this random access process failed. The UE may re-initiate the random access procedure.
  • the content of the message 3 may be not limited, and the message 3 may include a radio resource control (RRC) connection request, a control message, and service data.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • each UE may multiplex message 3, and carry respective identification information in message 3, so that the network device determines at least one UE. Access to the network.
  • the network device receives the message 3 sent by the UE, and sends the message 4 to the UE.
  • the message 4 is a conflict resolution message.
  • the network device receives the message 3 and obtains from the multiple UEs. Determining that the at least one UE is a UE that can access the network, and then the network device may carry the selected identifier information of the at least one UE in the message 4 and send the information to the at least one UE, to notify the at least one UE to contend for the channel success, so that At least one UE can access the network.
  • the method for training the transmission beam provided by the embodiment of the present invention is detailed in the following with the above random access procedure.
  • the method may include S201-S215:
  • the network device sends synchronization information to the UE.
  • the synchronization information may include a primary synchronization signal (PSS), a secondary synchronization signal (SSS), a master information block (MIB), and an SIB.
  • PSS primary synchronization signal
  • SSS secondary synchronization signal
  • MIB master information block
  • SIB SIB
  • the synchronization signal is used for time synchronization and frequency synchronization between the UE and the network device, and symbol synchronization, frame synchronization, and obtaining a cyclic prefix and a cell identifier, etc.
  • the MIB and the SIB are system information, mainly including Some system information necessary for the UE to work in a certain cell, such as a cell identifier, an uplink and downlink subframe ratio, and a neighbor cell identifier.
  • the MIB can be sent on a physical broadcast channel (PBCH), and the SIB can be sent on a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH).
  • PBCH physical broadcast channel
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • the information carried in the foregoing SIB may further include at least one of the following A1-A2:
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • the PRACH resource is used by the UE to send a preamble sequence
  • the PRACH resource may include a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource, where the time domain resource may include at least one of the following: a start time, an end time, a duration, and a symbol of the sending preamble sequence. (eg OFDM symbols), time slots, subframes, mini-subframes, mini-slots, etc.
  • the frequency domain resources may include at least one of the following resources: a frequency band, a frequency band, a sub-band, a physical resource block, a resource block, a frequency domain location, and a sub-carrier.
  • the mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE may be understood as a mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE, and the network device may indicate that the first UE uses different
  • the preamble sequence is transmitted on different PRACH resources.
  • the first UE uses the transmit preamble sequence on the beam 1 to transmit on the first PRACH resource
  • the first UE uses the transmit preamble on the beam 2.
  • the sequence can be sent on the second PRACH resource.
  • the first PRACH resource is different from the second PRACH resource, and the first PRACH resource is different from the time domain resource or the frequency domain resource of the first PRACH resource, where the first The PRACH resource is different from the time domain resource of the second PRACH resource, and may include the time domain resources listed in the first PRACH resource, that is, the start time, the end time, the duration, and the symbol (for example, an OFDM symbol) of the transmission preamble.
  • At least one of a time slot, a subframe, a mini subframe, and a minislot, at least one of each time domain resource corresponding to the second PRACH resource (including at least one of the enumerated time domain resources) are different.
  • the first UE has three uplink transmission beams, as shown in Table 1, which is an example of a mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the identification information of the transmission beam of the first UE.
  • the network device may associate the PRACH resource with the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE.
  • the mapping relationship between the information and the information is carried in the SIB and sent to the first UE.
  • the first UE can learn the PRACH resource corresponding to the transmission beam, so that the first UE can successfully send the preamble sequence to the network device, so that the UE can be successfully connected.
  • the network device may associate the PRACH resource with the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE.
  • the mapping relationship between the information and the information is carried in the SIB and sent to the first UE.
  • the first UE can learn the PRACH resource corresponding to the transmission beam, so that the first UE can successfully send the preamble sequence to the network device, so that the UE can be successfully connected.
  • the network device may associate the PRACH resource with the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE.
  • the mapping relationship between the preamble sequence sent by the first UE and the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE may be understood as a preamble sequence sent by the first UE and at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE.
  • the preamble sequence sent by the first UE using different transmission beams may be the same or different.
  • the network device may indicate the preamble sequence sent by the first UE using the transmission beam. For example, the first UE sends the first preamble by using the beam 1. Sequence, the first UE transmits a second preamble sequence using beam 2.
  • the first UE has three uplink transmission beams, as shown in Table 2, which is an example of a mapping relationship between a preamble and identification information of a transmission beam of the first UE.
  • the network device may carry the mapping relationship between the preamble sequence and the identification information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE in the SIB and send the signal to the first UE, so that the first UE can learn the preamble corresponding to the transmission beam.
  • the sequence so that the first UE can successfully send the preamble sequence to the network device, so that the UE can successfully access the network.
  • the network device may further map the PRACH resource and the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device, where the at least one downlink transmission beam is at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the UE.
  • the relationship is sent to the first UE, or the mapping relationship between the preamble sequence and the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device is sent to the first UE.
  • the identification information of the transmission beam may be any one of the following: the characteristics of the transmission beam (ie, the identity of the transmission beam), the ID generated based on the ID of the transmission beam, and the name of the transmission beam.
  • Index of the transmission beam index generated based on the index of the transmission beam, derived value of the ID of the transmission beam, derived value of the name of the transmission beam, derived value of the index of the transmission beam, hash value of the ID of the transmission beam, transmission beam
  • the first UE receives synchronization information sent by the network device.
  • the first UE may synchronize with the time and frequency of the network device according to the synchronization information, so as to facilitate the UE to access the network.
  • the first UE sends the preamble sequence to the network device by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the first UE may carry the preamble sequence in the message 1 in the random access procedure.
  • the first UE may indicate the transmission beam used by the first UE by explicitly indicating or implicitly in the process of sending the preamble sequence to the network device and using the at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the method for the first UE to explicitly indicate the transmission beam used by the first UE may include: when the first UE sends the preamble sequence to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, carrying the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam,
  • the transmission beam used by the first UE may be indicated to the network device. For example, when the first UE sends the preamble sequence to the network device by using the beam 1 of the first UE, the first UE may carry the identifier of the beam 1 (for example, may be beam 1).
  • the resource that can carry the identifier information of the uplink transmission beam of the first UE may be obtained from the SIB, or may be obtained from the network device and the pre-defined or agreed resource of the first UE, thereby The first UE sends the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE on the corresponding resource.
  • the method for the first UE to implicitly indicate the transmission beam used by the first UE may include: the first UE according to a mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE or the preamble sequence and the first UE A mapping relationship between at least one uplink transmission beam indicating a transmission beam used by the first UE.
  • the first UE may obtain a mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE from the SIB message, or the first UE may Obtaining, by the SIB message, a mapping relationship between the preamble sequence and the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE, where the mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE may be
  • Table 2 in S201 above and other related descriptions refer to Table 1 in S201 above and other related descriptions.
  • the first UE sends a preamble sequence on the first PRACH resource, indicating that the first UE uses the beam 1 to send the preamble sequence; If the first preamble sequence has a mapping relationship with the beam 1, the preamble sequence sent by the first UE is the first preamble, and the first UE is sent to use the beam 1 to send the preamble sequence.
  • the first UE in the process that the first UE sends the preamble sequence by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, may also explicitly indicate or implicitly indicate at least one downlink of the network device selected by the first UE. Transmission beam.
  • the method for the first UE to explicitly indicate the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the first UE includes: when the first UE sends the preamble sequence to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, carrying the network device selected by the first UE Identification information of at least one downlink transmission beam. For example, when the first UE sends the preamble sequence to the network device, if the identifier information of the first beam of the network device is carried, the downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the first UE is the first beam, and if the network device is the second The identification information of the beam indicates that the downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the first UE is the second beam.
  • the method for the first UE to implicitly indicate the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the first UE may include: the mapping relationship or the preamble sequence between the PRACH resource and the identifier information of the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device by the first UE And a mapping relationship between the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device, indicating a downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the first UE.
  • the first UE may obtain, from the SIB message, a mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the identifier information of the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device, or the first UE.
  • the mapping relationship between the preamble sequence and the identification information of the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device may be obtained from the SIB message.
  • the first PRACH resource has a mapping relationship with the first beam of the network device
  • the first UE sends a preamble sequence on the first PRACH resource, indicating that the downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the first UE is the first downlink transmission beam ( That is, the network device sends the downlink information to the first UE by using the first downlink transmission beam.
  • the first preamble has a mapping relationship with the first beam of the network device, the first UE sends the first preamble to the network device, indicating that the network The downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the UE is the first downlink transmission beam.
  • the first UE may send different preamble sequences to the network device by using different uplink transmission beams, and the first UE may also send the same preamble sequence to the network device by using different uplink transmission beams.
  • the embodiment of the invention is not specifically limited.
  • the network device receives a preamble sequence that is sent by the first UE by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the network device may perform an explicit indication according to the first UE (ie, the first UE explicit indication described in S204 above).
  • the transmission beam used by the first UE that is, according to the identification information of the uplink transmission beam acquired by the UE, it is known which transmission beam transmission preamble sequence used by the first UE.
  • the network device may learn, according to the implicit indication of the first UE, that is, the first UE implicitly indicating the transmission beam used by the first UE in the foregoing S204, which one of the transmission beam transmission preamble sequences used by the first UE is used.
  • the network device sends the first resource information to the first UE.
  • the network device may configure the first resource (ie, the first uplink resource, which may be understood as an uplink grant), and the first resource may be configured by the first UE.
  • the first resource may include a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) resource, for the first resource.
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the method for the network device to configure the first resource for the first UE may include: the network device may use the downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the UE (that is, the downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the UE in the downlink transmission beam registration process) Transmitting the first resource information to the first UE, where the first resource information may be used to indicate that the network device is the first resource configured by the first UE, where the first resource may be used by the first UE to use the at least one first uplink transmission beam to the network
  • the device sends the identifier information of the first UE, where the at least one first uplink transmission beam may be part or all of the transmission beams of the at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the first resource information may be at least one of the following information: an index of the first resource, a bit table of the first resource, time domain indication information of the first resource, and/or frequency domain indication information.
  • the network device may send the first resource information to the first UE by using a broadcast, a multicast, or a unicast manner, and the method for sending the first resource information may be selected according to actual requirements.
  • the embodiment of the invention is not limited.
  • the first UE receives the first resource information sent by the network device.
  • the first UE may receive the first resource information sent by the network device by using the receive beam of the first UE (the receive beam of the first UE and the downlink transmit beam of the network device form a beam pair), so that The first resource indicated by the first resource information sends the identifier information of the first UE to the network device.
  • the first UE uses the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource, and sends the identifier information of the first UE to the network device.
  • the at least one first uplink transmission beam is a partial beam selected by the network device from at least one uplink transmission beam of the UE, and may also be all beams in at least one uplink transmission beam of the UE.
  • the identifier information of the first UE may include any one of the following identifiers: a SAE-temporary mobile subscriber identity (S-TMSI) (wherein the SAE is a system architecture) System architecture evolution (SAE)), international mobile subscriber identification number (IMSI), CRNTI, random number, etc.
  • S-TMSI SAE-temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • SAE system architecture
  • SAE System architecture evolution
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identification number
  • CRNTI random number
  • the first UE sends the identifier information of the first UE to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam, which may include: using, by the first UE, at least one first uplink transmission beam.
  • the at least one first uplink transmission beam includes the beam 1, the beam 2, and the beam 3.
  • the first UE uses the three beams to send the identification information of the first UE to the network device, that is, the UE first sends the information to the network device by using the beam 1.
  • the identification information of the first UE is used, and then the identifier information of the first UE is sent to the network device by using the beam 2.
  • the identifier information of the first UE is sent to the network device by using the beam 3.
  • the order in which the first UE uses the beam 1, the beam 2, and the beam 3 is not specifically limited.
  • the first UE may send the identifier information of the first UE to the network device in the message 3 (for example, the MCE in the message 3) in the random access procedure.
  • the network device receives the identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the first UE on the first resource by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam.
  • the network device sends the second resource information to the first UE.
  • the network device may configure the second resource for the first UE. Specifically, the network device sends the second resource information to the first UE, where the second resource information may be used to send the uplink information to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the network device may configure the second resource for the first UE according to the PRACH resource that is used when the first UE sends the preamble sequence.
  • the PRACH resource used by the first UE satisfies the use of n uplinks.
  • the transmission beam transmits the preamble sequence, and the second resource configured by the network device for the first UE needs to use the n uplink transmission beams to send uplink information.
  • the content included in the second resource information may be the same as the content included in the first resource information.
  • the related description of the second resource information refer to the specific information about the first resource information in the foregoing embodiment. Description, no longer repeat here.
  • the network device may send the first resource information to the first UE by using the following B1 or B2:
  • the network device sends the second resource information in the contention resolution message (ie, message 4) to the first UE.
  • the network device may carry the second resource information in a medium access control (MAC) control element (CE) in the message 4 (for example, may be carried in the sub-head of the MAC CE)
  • the subheader is sent to the first UE.
  • MAC medium access control
  • CE control element
  • the network device sends the second resource information in the DCI in the PDCCH and sends the information to the first UE.
  • the network device may further indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
  • the network device may explicitly indicate or implicitly indicate that the first UE is The information is transmitted on the second resource using at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the method for the network device to explicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource includes the step C:
  • the network device sends the first indication information to the first UE, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • step C may be implemented by any one of the following S1-S3:
  • the network device sends the first indication information to the first UE in the contention resolution message in the random access process.
  • the network device sends the first indication information to the first UE in the DCI of the PDCCH.
  • the method for the network device to implicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource may include any one of the following R1 - R3:
  • the second resource information sent by the network device indicates that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
  • the second resource information itself may be used to indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, and the network device does not need to send another indication that the first UE uses the at least one uplink.
  • the transmission beam transmits information of the uplink information to the first UE.
  • the network device sends predetermined information to the first UE, where the predetermined information indicates that the first UE sends uplink information on the second resource by using at least one uplink transmission beam, where the predetermined information includes a predetermined sequence, a predetermined code, or a predetermined.
  • the location of the time-frequency resource is not limited to a predetermined time-frequency resource.
  • the network device instructs the first UE to send uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource by enabling or activating the predetermined resource.
  • the second resource may be configured by the network device in advance for the first UE, that is, the second resource is a predetermined resource, and the network device may send, to the first UE, information about enabling or activating the predetermined resource, to indicate The first UE transmits uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
  • the first UE receives the second resource information sent by the network device.
  • the first UE sends uplink information to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
  • the uplink information sent by the first UE may include at least one of the following information: a sequence, a frame, a message, and a signal.
  • the sequence may include an uplink SRS sequence and a sequence generated based on a Zadoff-Chu sequence (ie, a ZC sequence), etc.;
  • the frame may include a data frame and an ACK message, etc., and the ACK message may include a contention resolution message (ie, a message sent by the UE to the network device).
  • the message may include RRC message, scheduling, please Scheduling request (SR) message, buffer status report (BSR) and control information (such as uplink control information (UCI), DCI, etc.), channel state information (CSI) a message of management information, configuration information, and the like;
  • the signal may include a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), a modulation reference signal (MRS), an SRS, and a channel state information reference.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • MRS modulation reference signal
  • SRS cell-specific reference signal
  • pulse signal and the like.
  • the first UE may obtain the second resource from the contention resolution message by receiving the contention resolution message in the random access process, or the first UE may obtain the second resource information from the DCI received on the PDCCH. And the first UE sends the uplink information to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam according to the explicit indication or the implicit indication.
  • the first UE may obtain first indication information that may explicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam from the contention resolution message or the DCI on the PDCCH; the first UE may receive the uplink information according to the first UE.
  • the predetermined information (such as the predetermined sequence, the predetermined coding or the predetermined time-frequency domain resource) determines that the first UE can transmit the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam; the first UE uses the second resource that is sent by the network device, And determining, by the first UE, the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam according to the information about the resource that is enabled or activated by the network device.
  • the network device receives uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the network device determines, according to the uplink information sent by the first UE, at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam.
  • the network device may receive the uplink information sent by using different uplink transmission beams according to the received uplink information.
  • An uplink transmission beam (for example, at least one second uplink transmission beam) with a better partial channel quality is determined in an uplink transmission beam, and is used by the first UE to subsequently send uplink data to the network device.
  • the network device receives at least one of a received signal strength, a path loss, a signal to noise ratio (SNR), an RSRP, an RSRQ, and an RSSI of the uplink information that is sent by using different uplink transmission beams.
  • the network device chooses the highest received signal strength (ie, the received signal strength has the largest value), or the path loss is the lowest (ie, the path loss value is the smallest), or the signal-to-noise ratio is the highest (ie, the signal-to-noise ratio is the largest), or the RSRP is the most. Strong (that is, the value of RSRP is the largest), or RSRQ is the best (that is, the value of RSRQ is the largest), or the uplink transmission beam with the strongest RSSI (that is, the largest value of RSSI).
  • the network device may select the uplink transmission beam more accurately according to the uplink information sent by the first UE using the at least one uplink transmission beam, that is, the accuracy of training the uplink transmission beam is higher.
  • the network device sends information about the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE.
  • the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam may include the identification information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam or the quality information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam, and the quality information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam includes at least SNR, RSRP. At least one of RSRQ and RSSI.
  • the first UE receives information about the at least one second uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device.
  • the first UE receives the at least one second uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device.
  • the first UE can learn which one or which of the uplink transmission beams of the first UE selected by the network device, and thus complete the training of the uplink transmission beam (ie, complete the uplink transmission beam alignment), thereby performing subsequent data transmission.
  • the first UE may send uplink data to the network device by using an uplink transmission beam selected by the network device.
  • the method for training a transmission beam provided by the embodiment of the present invention may further include S216-S217:
  • the network device determines, according to the preamble sequence sent by the first UE by using at least one uplink transmission beam, the at least one first uplink transmission beam.
  • the network device may determine, from the at least one first uplink transmission beam, a part of the channel with good channel quality according to the preamble sequence that is received by the different uplink transmission beams (ie, at least one uplink transmission beam). Transmission beam.
  • the method for determining the at least one second uplink transmission beam is similar. Therefore, for the detailed process of determining the at least one first uplink transmission beam by the network device according to the preamble sequence sent by the first UE, refer to the related description in the foregoing S213, and details are not described herein again.
  • the network device sends, to the first UE, identifier information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam.
  • the network device may further send the identifier information of the transmission beam with the better channel quality selected from the at least one uplink transmission beam to the first UE, so that the first UE uses the transmission beam with better channel quality.
  • Sending information eg, identification information of the first UE to the network device.
  • the network device may send the identifier information of the first UE in a random access response message (ie, message 2) to the first UE.
  • a random access response message ie, message 2
  • the network device may further indicate, by using the indication information to the first UE, which uplink transmission beam of the first UE selected by the network device is the one or the transmission beams.
  • the first UE receives the identifier information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device.
  • the first UE may use the at least one first uplink transmission beam to the network on the first resource configured by the network device for the first UE.
  • the device sends the identifier information of the first UE.
  • the method for training a transmission beam may further include S219:
  • the first UE sends uplink data to the network device by using at least one second uplink transmission beam.
  • the at least one second uplink transmission beam determined by the network device is relatively accurate. Therefore, the first UE sends the uplink data to the network device by using the at least one second uplink transmission beam, so that the transmission quality of the uplink data can be improved.
  • the method for training a transmission beam after the first UE accesses the network, the network device sends the first sequence to the first UE after receiving the preamble sequence sent by the first UE using the at least one uplink transmission beam. And the first information that the first UE may send to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource indicated by the first resource information, after the network device receives the identifier information of the first UE, The network device may further send the second resource information to the first UE, where the first UE sends the uplink message to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource indicated by the second resource information.
  • the network device may determine, according to the uplink information sent by the first UE, the at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam, and send the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE.
  • the network device sends the uplink information to the first UE by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, so that the network device sends the uplink information according to the uplink information sent by the first UE.
  • Selecting at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam to complete the training of the uplink transmission beam can improve the accuracy of training the uplink transmission beam, thereby improving the transmission quality of the uplink data.
  • the network device in the process of the first UE accessing the network, that is, in the random access process, if the network device receives the identification information of at least two UEs that are sent by the at least two UEs on the first resource, The network device has a judgment conflict at this time, that is, the network device cannot determine which UE the preamble sequence received by the network device is sent by, for example, the preamble sequence received by the network device is superposed by the respective preamble sequences of the first UE and the second UE.
  • the preamble sequence, the preamble sequence of the first UE received by the network device may be inaccurate, so the at least one first uplink transmission beam determined by the network device according to the preamble sequence may be inaccurate, in which case the network device may be from at least two Selecting one UE in the UE, for example, the first UE, and then the network device sends the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE or the network device uses the identifier information of the scrambled first UE or uses the CRNTI of the scrambled first UE.
  • All or part of downlink information is sent on the downlink control channel PDCCH, to indicate that the network device sends the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE, and the network design A second transmission resource information to the first UE to perform the subsequent steps, i.e., to continue the above-described S209-S219.
  • the network device may send the identifiers of the UEs to the at least two UEs.
  • the network device may configure a respective second resource for transmitting uplink information for each of the at least two UEs, and after the network device transmits the second resource information of each of the at least two UEs to the at least two UEs And transmitting, to each of the at least two UEs, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that each UE sends uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam of each UE, that is, in this case, for each For the UEs, the S209-S219 can be executed by the network device, so that the network device can simultaneously select the uplink transmission beams of at least two UEs, that is, simultaneously complete the training of the transmission beams with the at least two UEs, and improve the uplink. The efficiency of transmission beam selection.
  • the network device may configure a second resource for the first UE, and use at least the second UE according to the first UE.
  • the uplink information sent by the uplink transmission beam determines at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam, which can improve the accuracy of training the uplink transmission beam, thereby improving the transmission quality of the uplink data.
  • the network device may further send, to the first UE, identifier information of the uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device, where the first UE sends the uplink information on the second resource. That is, the at least one uplink transmission beam used by the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource may be indicated by the network device to the first UE.
  • the network device may further send, to the first UE, the type of the uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource, that is, the uplink that is sent by the first UE on the second resource.
  • the type of information for example, the uplink information sent by the first UE is which of the above sequence, frame, message, and signal, The first UE may be indicated by the network device.
  • the network device may further send, to the first UE, the number of times that the first UE that is used by the network device to use the uplink information sent by the uplink transmission beam on the second resource, that is, the network device may indicate the first UE.
  • the uplink information is sent multiple times on the second resource.
  • the network device may further send, to the first UE, the number of uplink transmission beams that are used by the network device to send uplink information on the second resource, that is, the first UE is in the second
  • the number of uplink transmission beams used for transmitting uplink information on the resource may be indicated by the network device to the first UE.
  • the network device may further send, to the first UE, a sequence of the uplink transmission beam that is used by the network device to send the uplink information on the second resource, where the first UE sends the uplink information.
  • the UE sends the uplink information to the network device by using the three uplink transmission beams, and the three uplink transmission beams are respectively recorded as the beam 1, the beam 2, and the beam 3.
  • the network device can instruct the first UE to use the three uplink transmission beams to send the uplink information.
  • the network device may instruct the first UE to first use the beam 3 to send uplink information to the network device, then use the beam 1 to send uplink information to the network device, and finally use the beam 2 to send uplink information to the network device.
  • the network device may further group the at least one second uplink transmission beam that is determined by the network device, and then send the packet information to the first UE.
  • the grouping information includes at least one of group identification information and identification information of an uplink transmission beam corresponding to the group identification information.
  • the packet information of the transmission beam may indicate which of the at least one second uplink transmission beam of the first UE is a group, and thus, the first UE uses one of the at least one second uplink transmission beam (eg, a beam).
  • the first UE can use the other transmission beam of the same transmission beam group as the beam 1 to send the uplink data to the network device, so that the network device can smoothly receive the uplink sent by the first UE. data.
  • the network device according to the predetermined range of the strength, path loss, SNR, RSRP, RSRQ, and RSSI of the received signal of the uplink information that is sent by the first UE through the at least one second uplink transmission beam, At least one second uplink transmission beam packet.
  • the network device divides the second uplink transmission beam whose received signal strength is within the same predetermined range into one transmission beam group.
  • the predetermined range may be three. The interval, in this way, the at least one second uplink transmission beam can be divided into three groups.
  • the network device may further group the at least one second uplink transmission beam according to the spatially correlated characteristics of the at least one second uplink transmission beam, and divide the spatially-associated transmission beam into one transmission beam group.
  • the information similar to the identification information of the transmission beam described in the foregoing embodiment may be used as the group identification information, and details are not described herein again.
  • the identifier information of the indicated uplink transmission beam sent by the network device is carried in the SIB.
  • the type of the uplink information is carried in the SIB.
  • the network device may also send the optimal transmission beam indication information to the first UE, to indicate which uplink transmission beam of the first UE is the transmission beam with the best transmission data quality.
  • the network device may transmit the optimal transmission beam indication information in the DCI on the PDCCH or in the MAC CE on the PUSCH.
  • each network element such as a network device, a UE, etc.
  • each network element includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of the respective functions.
  • the embodiments of the present invention can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present invention may divide the function modules of the network device, the UE, and the like according to the foregoing method.
  • each function module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the module in the embodiment of the present invention is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a possible structure of the network device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the network device may include: a receiving module 40, The transmitting module 41 and the determining module 42 are provided.
  • the receiving module 40 can be used to support the network device to perform the receiving messages 3, S204, S208, and S212 in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the sending module 41 can be used to support the network device to execute S101, S105 in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • S107 sends messages 4, S201, S205, S209 and S214;
  • the determining module 42 can be used to support the network device to execute S213 in the above method embodiment.
  • the network device may further include an indication module 43.
  • the indication module 43 can be configured to support the network device to explicitly or implicitly instruct the first UE to send uplink information to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource by using the sending module 41. All the related content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 8 shows a possible structural diagram of the network device involved in the above embodiment.
  • the network device may include a processing module 50 and a communication module 51.
  • the processing module 50 can be used to control the management of the actions of the network device.
  • the processing module 50 can be used to support the network device to perform S213 in the above method embodiments, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the communication module 51 can be used to support communication between the network device and other network entities.
  • the communication module 51 can be used to support the network device to execute S101, S104, S105, S107, S201, S204, S205, S208, S209 in the foregoing method embodiments. , S212, and S214.
  • the network device may further include a storage module 52, configured to store program codes and data of the network device.
  • the processing module 50 may be a processor or a controller (for example, the processor shown in FIG. 3 above), and may be, for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, or a digital signal processor ( Digital signal processor (DSP), application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof . It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the embodiments of the invention.
  • the above processors may also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the communication module 51 may be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a communication interface or the like (for example, may be the radio frequency unit as shown in FIG. 3 described above).
  • the storage module 52 may be a memory (for example, may be the memory shown in FIG. 3 described above).
  • the processing module 50 is a processor
  • the communication module 51 is a transceiver
  • the storage module 52 is a memory
  • the processor, the transceiver, and the memory can be connected by a bus.
  • the bus can be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus.
  • PCI peripheral component interconnect
  • EISA extended industry standard architecture
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a possible structure of the UE involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the UE may include: a sending module 60 and a receiving module. 61.
  • the sending module 60 may be configured to support the UE to perform the sending of the messages 3, S203, S207, and S211 in S103, S106 in the foregoing method embodiment;
  • the receiving module 61 may be configured to support the UE to perform the receiving in the S102, S106 in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • Access response messages, S201, S206, S210, and S215. All the related content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 10 shows a possible structural diagram of the UE involved in the above embodiment.
  • the UE may include a processing module 60 and a communication module 61.
  • the processing module 60 can be used to control and manage the actions of the UE.
  • the communication module 61 can be used to support communication between the UE and other network entities.
  • the communication module 61 can be used to support the UE to perform S103, S102, S106, S201, S203, S206, S207, S210, S211, and S215 in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the UE may further include a storage module 62, configured to store program codes and data of the UE.
  • the processing module 60 may be a processor or a controller (for example, the processor 30 shown in FIG. 4 above), and may be, for example, a CPU, a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA, or other programmable logic device, a transistor. Logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the embodiments of the invention.
  • the above processors may also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the communication module 61 may be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit or a communication interface or the like (for example, may be the RF circuit 31 as shown in FIG. 4 described above).
  • the storage module 62 may be a memory (for example, may be the memory 33 as shown in FIG. 4 described above).
  • the processing module 60 is a processor
  • the communication module 61 is a transceiver
  • the storage module 62 is a memory
  • the processor, the transceiver, and the memory can be connected by a bus.
  • the bus can be a PCI bus or an EISA bus.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like.
  • the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • a software program it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions in accordance with embodiments of the present invention are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be wired from a website site, computer, server or data center (for example, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a magnetic disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a digital video disc (DVD)), Or semiconductor media (such as solid state drives (SSD)).
  • the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be used. Combinations can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • a computer readable storage medium A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) or processor to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a flash memory, a mobile hard disk, a read only memory, a random access memory, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a method, apparatus and system for training a transmission beam, relating to the technical field of communications, and being able to improve the accuracy of training an uplink transmission beam, thus improving the transmission quality of uplink data. The method is applied to a network device. The method comprises: receiving a preamble sequence sent by a first user equipment (UE) using at least one uplink transmission beam; sending first resource information to the first UE; then receiving identifier information, sent by the first UE using at least one first uplink transmission beam on a first resource, about the first UE; sending second resource information to the first UE; then receiving uplink information sent by the first UE using the at least one uplink transmission beam on a second resource; then according to the uplink information sent by the first UE, determining at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam; and sending to the first UE information about the at least one second uplink transmission beam.

Description

一种训练传输波束的方法、装置及系统Method, device and system for training transmission beam
本申请要求于2017年07月05日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710543718.9、申请名称为“一种训练用户设备的传输波束的方法”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。The present application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 200910543718.9, filed on Jan. In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本发明实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种训练传输波束的方法、装置及系统。The embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method, device, and system for training a transmission beam.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信技术的不断发展,为了降低数据传输的损失,并提高数据传输的速率,在未来的采用第五代(5th generation)移动通信技术的通信系统(以下均简称为5G系统),或者后长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,或者新空口(new radio,NR)等新一代的通信系统中,提出了采用波束成形技术传输数据。With the continuous development of communication technology, in order to reduce the loss of data transmission and increase the rate of data transmission, in the future, communication systems using the fifth generation (5th generation) mobile communication technology (hereinafter referred to as 5G systems), or In a new-generation communication system such as a long term evolution (LTE) system or a new radio (NR), beamforming is used to transmit data.
在波束成形技术中,网络设备侧配置有多个下行链路传输波束(以下均简称为下行传输波束)和相应的接收波束,用户设备(user equipment,UE)侧也配置有多个上行链路传输波束(以下均简称为上行传输波束)和相应的接收波束,网络设备可以通过下行传输波束向UE发送下行数据,UE通过UE的接收波束接收下行数据,同理,UE可以通过上行传输波束向网络设备发送上行数据,网络设备通过该网络设备的接收波束接收上行数据。具体的,在网络设备与UE使用波束传输上下行数据之前,首先确定使用哪个或哪几个波束发送数据,并确定使用哪个或者哪几个波束接收数据,以传输上行数据为例,在随机接入过程中,UE可以采用UE的多个上行传输波束向网络设备发送参考信号,网络设备使用其接收波束接收到UE发送的参考信号之后,可以根据多个上行传输波束传输的参考信号的接收功率(reference signal receiving,RSRP),或者参考信号传输质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ),或者接收信号强度指示(received signal strength indicator,RSSI)等,从多个上行传输波束中选择RSRP较高,或者RSRP较好,或者RSSI较大的一个或者几个上行传输波束,并将选择出的上行传输波束的信息通知给UE,从而UE可以采用网络设备选择的上行传输波束,向网络设备发送上行数据。In the beamforming technology, a plurality of downlink transmission beams (hereinafter referred to as downlink transmission beams) and corresponding reception beams are configured on the network device side, and multiple uplinks are also configured on the user equipment (UE) side. The transmission beam (hereinafter referred to as the uplink transmission beam) and the corresponding receiving beam, the network device can send the downlink data to the UE through the downlink transmission beam, and the UE receives the downlink data through the receiving beam of the UE. Similarly, the UE can transmit the uplink beam through the uplink. The network device sends uplink data, and the network device receives the uplink data through the receiving beam of the network device. Specifically, before the network device and the UE use the beam to transmit uplink and downlink data, first determine which one or more beams to use to transmit data, and determine which one or which beams to use to receive data, and transmit the uplink data as an example, in a random connection. In the process of the ingress, the UE may use the multiple uplink transmission beams of the UE to send the reference signal to the network device, and after receiving the reference signal sent by the UE, the network device may receive the reference signal according to the reference signal transmitted by the multiple uplink transmission beams. (reference signal receiving, RSRP), or reference signal received quality (RSRQ), or received signal strength indicator (RSSI), etc., selecting a higher RSRP from among multiple uplink transmission beams, or The RSRP is better, or one or more uplink transmission beams with a larger RSSI, and the information of the selected uplink transmission beam is notified to the UE, so that the UE can use the uplink transmission beam selected by the network device to send uplink data to the network device.
然而,在上述方法中,由于通信系统中可能存在种种干扰,网络设备接收的参考信号可能是多个UE发送的信号的叠加,因此,网络设备根据其接收的参考信号,选择的上行传输波束可能不准确,如此,可能导致上行数据的传输质量比较差。However, in the above method, due to various interferences in the communication system, the reference signal received by the network device may be a superposition of signals transmitted by multiple UEs. Therefore, the uplink transmission beam selected by the network device according to the reference signal received by the network device may be Inaccurate, as such, may result in poor transmission quality of the uplink data.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种训练传输波束的方法、装置及系统,能够提高训练上行传输波束的准确性,从而提高上行数据的传输质量。The present application provides a method, device, and system for training a transmission beam, which can improve the accuracy of training an uplink transmission beam, thereby improving the transmission quality of uplink data.
为达到上述目的,本申请采用如下技术方案:To achieve the above objectives, the present application adopts the following technical solutions:
第一方面,本申请提供一种训练传输波束的方法,该方法可以包括:网络设备接 收第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列;并且网络设备向第一UE发送第一资源信息,该第一资源信息指示网络设备为第一UE配置的第一资源,该第一资源用于第一UE使用至少一个第一上行传输波束发送第一UE的标识信息,至少一个第一上行传输波束为至少一个上行传输波束中的部分或全部的传输波束;然后网络设备接收第一UE在第一资源上使用至少一个第一上行传输波束发送的第一UE的标识信息;以及网络设备向第一UE发送第二资源信息,该第二资源信息指示网络设备为第一UE配置的第二资源,该第二资源用于第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;然后网络设备接收第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的上行信息;并且网络设备根据第一UE发送的上行信息,从至少一个上行传输波束中确定至少一个第二上行传输波束;以及网络设备向第一UE发送至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息,至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息包括至少一个第二上行传输波束的标识信息或至少一个第二上行传输波束的质量信息。In a first aspect, the application provides a method for training a transmission beam, where the method may include: And receiving, by the first UE, a preamble sequence that is sent by using the at least one uplink transmission beam; and the network device sends the first resource information to the first UE, where the first resource information indicates that the network device is the first resource configured by the first UE, the first resource And transmitting, by the first UE, the identifier information of the first UE by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam, where the at least one first uplink transmission beam is part or all of the at least one uplink transmission beam; and then the network device receives the first UE. And identifying, by the network device, the identifier information of the first UE that is sent by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam, and the network device sends the second resource information to the first UE, where the second resource information indicates that the network device is configured by the first UE a second resource, where the second resource is used by the first UE to send uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam; and then the network device receives uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource by using at least one uplink transmission beam; Uplink information sent by the UE, determining at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam And a network device transmits at least one information of the second uplink transmission beams to the first UE, the at least one transmission beam information of the second uplink quality information includes information identifying at least a second uplink transmission beams or at least a second uplink transmission beam.
本申请提供的训练传输波束的方法,由于在第一UE接入网络过程中,网络设备接收到第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列之后,网络设备向第一UE发送第一资源信息,并且网络设备接收在第一资源上使用至少一个第一上行传输波束发送的第一UE的标识信息,然后网络设备还可以向第一UE发送第二资源信息,以用于第一UE在第二资源信息指示的第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送上行信息,从而网络设备可以根据第一UE发送的上行信息,从至少一个上行传输波束中确定至少一个第二上行传输波束,并将该至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息发送给第一UE,以完成上行传输波束的训练,能够提高训练上行传输波束的准确性,从而提高上行数据的传输质量。The method for training a transmission beam provided by the present application, after the network device receives the preamble sequence transmitted by the first UE using the at least one uplink transmission beam, the network device sends the first resource to the first UE. Information, and the network device receives the identification information of the first UE that is sent by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource, and then the network device may further send the second resource information to the first UE, where the first UE is The second resource indicated by the second resource information uses at least one uplink transmission beam to send uplink information to the network device, so that the network device can determine at least one second uplink transmission from the at least one uplink transmission beam according to the uplink information sent by the first UE. The beam transmits the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE to complete the training of the uplink transmission beam, thereby improving the accuracy of training the uplink transmission beam, thereby improving the transmission quality of the uplink data.
在第一方面的第一种可选的实现方式中,本申请提供的训练传输波束的方法还包括:网络设备显式指示或者隐式指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。In a first optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the method for training a transmission beam provided by the application further includes: the network device explicitly indicating or implicitly indicating that the first UE uses the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource. Send upstream information.
其中,网络设备显式指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息的方法可以包括:网络设备向第一UE发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。The method for the network device to explicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource may include: the network device sends the first indication information to the first UE, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first The UE transmits uplink information using at least one uplink transmission beam.
网络设备隐式指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息的方法可以包括:网络设备发送的第二资源信息可以指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;或网络设备向第一UE发送预定的信息,该预定的信息指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,预定的信息包括预定的序列、预定的编码或预定的时频资源位置;或网络设备通过启用或激活预定的资源指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。The method for the network device to implicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource may include: the second resource information sent by the network device may indicate that the first UE uses the at least one uplink transmission on the second resource. The beam transmits the uplink information; or the network device sends the predetermined information to the first UE, the predetermined information indicating that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, where the predetermined information includes a predetermined sequence, a predetermined Encoding or a predetermined time-frequency resource location; or the network device instructing the first UE to transmit uplink information on the second resource using the at least one uplink transmission beam by enabling or activating the predetermined resource.
本申请中,网络设备可以通过显式指示或隐式指示更加灵活地指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。In this application, the network device may indicate, by using an explicit indication or an implicit indication, that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
在第一方面的第二种可选的实现方式中,网络设备向第一UE发送第一指示信息的方法可以包括:网络设备将第一指示信息携带在随机接入过程中的竞争解决消息中发送给第一UE;或网络设备将第一指示信息携带在物理下行控制信道(physical  downlink control channel,PDCCH)的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中发送给第一UE。In a second optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the method for the network device to send the first indication information to the first UE may include: the network device carrying the first indication information in a contention resolution message in the random access procedure Sending to the first UE; or the network device carries the first indication information on the physical downlink control channel (physical The downlink control information (DCI) of the downlink control channel (PDCCH) is sent to the first UE.
在第一方面的第三种可选的实现方式中,网络设备向第一UE发送第二资源信息的方法可以包括:网络设备将第二资源信息携带在竞争解决消息中发送给第一UE;或网络设备将第二资源信息携带在PDCCH的DCI中发送给第一UE。In a third optional implementation of the first aspect, the method for the network device to send the second resource information to the first UE may include: the network device carrying the second resource information in the contention resolution message, and sending the information to the first UE; Or the network device carries the second resource information in the DCI of the PDCCH and sends the information to the first UE.
本申请中,网络设备可以通过多种方式向第一UE发送第一指示信息,也可以提通过多种方式向第一UE发送第二资源信息,如此可以更加灵活地实现训练传输波束过程中各种信息的传输。In this application, the network device may send the first indication information to the first UE in multiple manners, or may send the second resource information to the first UE in multiple manners, so that the training transmission beam process can be more flexibly implemented. The transmission of information.
在第一方面的第四种可选的实现方式中,若网络设备接收到至少两个UE在第一资源上发送的至少两个UE的标识信息,网络设备可以从至少两个UE中确定第一UE,并且网络设备向第一UE发送第一UE的标识信息。In a fourth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, if the network device receives the identifier information of the at least two UEs that are sent by the at least two UEs on the first resource, the network device may determine, from the at least two UEs. a UE, and the network device sends the identification information of the first UE to the first UE.
本申请中,通过上述方法,在网络设备接收到至少两个UE在第一资源上发送的至少两个UE的标识信息时,可以提高训练传输波束的准确性。In the present application, when the network device receives the identification information of at least two UEs that are sent by the UE on the first resource, the accuracy of the training transmission beam can be improved.
在第一方面的第五种可选的实现方式中,网络设备向第一UE发送第一UE的标识信息的方法可以包括:网络设备向第一UE发送第一UE的标识信息;或网络设备使用加扰的第一UE的标识信息或使用加扰的第一UE的小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identify,CRNTI),在PDCCH上发送全部或者部分下行信息,以指示网络设备向第一UE发送了第一UE的标识信息。In a fifth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the method for the network device to send the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE may include: the network device sends the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE; or the network device Transmitting all or part of the downlink information on the PDCCH by using the identifier information of the first UE that is scrambled or using the cell radio network temporary identify (CRNTI) of the first UE to indicate the network device A UE sends the identification information of the first UE.
在第一方面的第六种可选的实现方式中,若网络设备接收到至少两个UE发送的至少两个UE的标识信息,网络设备向至少两个UE发送至少两个UE各自的第二资源信息,第二资源信息用于UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。In a sixth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, if the network device receives the identifier information of the at least two UEs sent by the at least two UEs, the network device sends the second second of each of the at least two UEs to the at least two UEs. The resource information, where the second resource information is used by the UE to send uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
本申请中,通过上述方法,网络设备可以同时选择至少两个UE的上行传输波束,即同时完成与至少两个UE的传输波束的训练,可以提高上行传输波束选择的效率。In the present application, the network device can select the uplink transmission beams of at least two UEs at the same time, that is, complete the training of the transmission beams with the at least two UEs at the same time, and improve the efficiency of the uplink transmission beam selection.
在第一方面的第七种可选的实现方式中,在网络设备向至少两个UE发送至少两个UE各自的第二资源信息之后,本申请提供的训练传输波束的方法还可以包括:网络设备向至少两个UE中的每个UE发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示每个UE使用每个UE的至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。In a seventh optional implementation of the first aspect, after the network device sends the second resource information of the at least two UEs to the at least two UEs, the method for training the transmission beam provided by the present application may further include: The device sends first indication information to each of the at least two UEs, where the first indication information is used to indicate that each UE sends uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam of each UE.
在第一方面的第八种可选的实现方式中,上述网络设备还可以执行下述至少一项:In an eighth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the foregoing network device may perform at least one of the following:
网络设备向第一UE发送网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的标识信息。The network device sends, to the first UE, identifier information of the uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
网络设备向第一UE发送网络设备指示的第一UE在第二资源上发送的上行信息的类型。The network device sends, to the first UE, a type of uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource, which is indicated by the network device.
网络设备向第一UE发送网络设备指示的第一UE在第二资源上使用上行传输波束发送的上行信息的次数。The network device sends, to the first UE, the number of times that the first UE indicated by the network device sends the uplink information sent by the uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
网络设备向第一UE发送网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的数目。The network device sends, to the first UE, the number of uplink transmission beams indicated by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
网络设备向第一UE发送网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的顺序。The network device sends, to the first UE, an order of the uplink transmission beams that are sent by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
在第一方面的第九种可选的实现方式中,本申请提供的训练传输波束的方法还可 以包括:网络设备向第一UE发送至少一个第二上行传输波束的分组信息,该分组信息包括组标识信息和组标识信息对应的上行传输波束的标识信息中的至少一项。In a ninth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the method for training a transmission beam provided by the present application may also be The method includes: the network device sends, to the first UE, packet information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam, where the group information includes at least one of group identification information and identification information of an uplink transmission beam corresponding to the group identification information.
本申请中,网络设备可以向第一UE发送至少一个第二上行传输波束的分组信息,如此,在第一UE使用至少一个第二上行传输波束中的某一个传输波束向网络设备发送上行数据失败时,第一UE可以使用与该波束在同一个传输波束组的其他传输波束向网络设备发送上行数据,如此可以保证网络设备顺利地接收第一UE发送的上行数据。In this application, the network device may send the packet information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE, and thus, the first UE fails to send the uplink data to the network device by using one of the at least one second uplink transmission beam. The first UE may send uplink data to the network device by using other transmission beams that are in the same transmission beam group as the beam, so that the network device can smoothly receive the uplink data sent by the first UE.
在第一方面的第十种可选的实现方式中,上述网络设备向第一UE发送第一资源信息的方法可以包括:网络设备将第一资源信息携带在随机接入响应消息中发送给第一UE。In a tenth optional implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the method for the network device to send the first resource information to the first UE may include: the network device carrying the first resource information in the random access response message One UE.
在第一方面的第十一种可选的实现方式中,在上述网络设备接收第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列之后,本申请提供的训练传输波束的方法还可以包括:网络设备根据第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列,确定至少一个第一上行传输波束;并且网络设备向第一UE发送至少一个第一上行传输波束的标识信息。In an eleventh optional implementation manner of the first aspect, after the network device receives the preamble sequence that is sent by the first UE by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, the method for training the transmission beam provided by the present application may further include: The device determines the at least one first uplink transmission beam according to the preamble sequence sent by the first UE by using the at least one uplink transmission beam; and the network device sends the identifier information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam to the first UE.
本申请中,网络设备从至少一个上行传输波束中选择至少一个第一上行传输波束,并将该至少一个第一上行传输波束的标识信息发送给第一UE,该至少一个第一上行传输波束为上述至少一个上行传输波束中信道质量较好的传输波束,如此,第一UE在第一资源上使用该至少一个第一上行传输波束向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息,可以提高UE与网络设备之间传输信息的传输质量。In this application, the network device selects at least one first uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam, and sends the identifier information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam to the first UE, where the at least one first uplink transmission beam is a transmission beam with a better channel quality in the at least one uplink transmission beam. In this manner, the first UE sends the identifier information of the first UE to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource, thereby improving the UE and the network. The transmission quality of information transmitted between devices.
第二方面,本申请提供一种训练传输波束的方法,该方法可以包括:第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送前导序列;然后第一UE接收网络设备发送的第一资源信息,该第一资源信息指示第一资源,该第一资源用于第一UE使用至少一个第一上行传输波束发送第一UE的标识信息,至少一个第一上行传输波束为至少一个上行传输波束中的部分或全部的传输波束;并且第一UE在第一资源上使用至少一个第一上行传输波束向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息;以及第一UE接收网络设备发送的第二资源信息,该第二资源信息指示第二资源,该第二资源用于第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波速向网络设备发送上行信息;然后第一UE接收网络设备发送的至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息,该至少一个第二上行传输波束为网络设备从至少一个上行传输波束中确定的至少一个传输波束,该至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息包括至少一个第二上行传输波束的标识信息或至少一个第二上行传输波束的质量信息。In a second aspect, the present application provides a method for training a transmission beam, the method may include: the first UE sends a preamble sequence to a network device by using at least one uplink transmission beam; and then the first UE receives the first resource information sent by the network device, The first resource information indicates a first resource, where the first resource is used by the first UE to send the identifier information of the first UE by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam, where the at least one first uplink transmission beam is in the at least one uplink transmission beam. Part or all of the transmission beam; and the first UE transmits the identification information of the first UE to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource; and the first UE receives the second resource information sent by the network device, where The second resource information indicates a second resource, where the second resource is used by the first UE to send uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam; and the first UE sends uplink information to the network device by using at least one uplink transmission wave speed on the second resource; Receiving, by the first UE, information of at least one second uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device, the at least one The second uplink transmission beam is at least one transmission beam determined by the network device from the at least one uplink transmission beam, and the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam includes the identification information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam or the at least one second uplink transmission beam. Quality information.
对于第二方面的技术效果的描述,可以参见上述第一方面的技术效果的描述,此处不再赘述。For a description of the technical effects of the second aspect, reference may be made to the description of the technical effects of the first aspect described above, and details are not described herein again.
在第二方面的第一种可选的实现方式中,本申请提供的训练传输波束的方法还可以包括:第一UE根据显式指示或者隐式指示,在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。In a first optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the method for training a transmission beam provided by the present application may further include: using, by the first UE, at least one uplink transmission on the second resource according to an explicit indication or an implicit indication. The beam sends uplink information.
其中,第一UE根据显式指示,在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息的方法可以包括:第一UE接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,并根据第一指 示信息在的第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,该第一指示信息用于指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。The method for the first UE to use the at least one uplink transmission beam to send the uplink information on the second resource according to the explicit indication may include: the first UE receives the first indication information sent by the network device, and according to the first finger And transmitting, by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, the uplink information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
第一UE根据隐式指示,在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息的方法可以包括:第一UE根据第一UE接收的第二资源信息,在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,该第二资源信息指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;或第一UE接收网络设备发送的预定的信息,并根据预定的信息在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,该预定的信息指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,预定的信息包括预定的序列、预定的编码或预定的时频资源位置;或第一UE获知网络设备启用或激活预定的资源之后,在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。The method for the first UE to use the at least one uplink transmission beam to send the uplink information on the second resource according to the implicit indication may include: the first UE uses the at least one uplink on the second resource according to the second resource information received by the first UE. The transmission beam transmits uplink information, where the second resource information indicates that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource; or the first UE receives the predetermined information sent by the network device, and according to the predetermined information, And transmitting, by the at least one uplink transmission beam, the uplink information, where the predetermined information indicates that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, where the predetermined information includes a predetermined sequence, a predetermined code, or a predetermined The time-frequency resource location; or after the first UE learns that the network device enables or activates the predetermined resource, the uplink information is sent by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
在第二方面的第二种可选的实现方式中,第一UE接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息的方法可以包括:第一UE接收网络设备发送的随机接入过程中的竞争解决消息,竞争解决消息中携带第一指示信息;或第一UE接收网络设备在PDCCH上发送的DCI,该DCI中携带第一指示信息。In a second optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the method for the first UE to receive the first indication information sent by the network device may include: receiving, by the first UE, a contention resolution message in a random access procedure sent by the network device, The contention message carries the first indication information; or the first UE receives the DCI sent by the network device on the PDCCH, where the DCI carries the first indication information.
在第二方面的第三种可选的实现方式中,上述第一UE接收网络设备发送的第二资源信息的方法可以包括:第一UE接收网络设备发送的竞争解决消息,该竞争解决消息中携带第二资源信息;或第一UE接收网络设备在PDCCH上发送的DCI,该DCI中携带第二资源信息。In a third optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the method for the first UE to receive the second resource information sent by the network device may include: receiving, by the first UE, a contention resolution message sent by the network device, where the contention resolution message is Carrying the second resource information; or the first UE receives the DCI sent by the network device on the PDCCH, where the DCI carries the second resource information.
在第二方面的第四种可选的实现方式中,本申请提供的训练传输波束的方法还可以包括:第一UE接收网络设备发送的第一UE的标识信息。In a fourth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the method for training a transmission beam that is provided by the present application may further include: receiving, by the first UE, identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device.
在第二方面的第五种可选的实现方式中,上述第一UE接收网络设备发送的第一UE的标识信息的方法包括:第一UE接收网络设备发送的第一UE的标识信息;或第一UE接收网络设备使用加扰的第一UE的标识信息或使用加扰的第一UE的CRNTI,在PDCCH上发送的全部或者部分下行信息。In a fifth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the method for the first UE to receive the identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device includes: receiving, by the first UE, identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device; or The first UE receives all or part of downlink information sent by the network device on the PDCCH using the scrambled first UE identity information or using the scrambled first UE's CRNTI.
在第二方面的第六种可选的实现方式中,上述第一UE还可以执行下述至少一项:In a sixth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the foregoing first UE may perform at least one of the following:
第一UE接收网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的标识信息。The first UE receives the identifier information of the uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device for the first UE to send the uplink information on the second resource.
第一UE接收网络设备指示的第一UE在第二资源上发送的上行信息的类型。The first UE receives the type of uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource indicated by the network device.
第一UE接收网络设备指示的第一UE在第二资源上使用上行传输波束发送的上行信息的次数。The first UE receives the number of times that the first UE indicated by the network device uses the uplink transmission beam to send uplink information on the second resource.
第一UE接收网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的数目。The first UE receives the number of uplink transmission beams indicated by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
第一UE接收网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的顺序。The first UE receives an order of the uplink transmission beams indicated by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
在第二方面的第七种可选的实现方式中,本申请提供的训练传输波束的方法还可以包括:第一UE接收网络设备发送的至少一个第二上行传输波束的分组信息,该分组信息包括组标识信息和组标识信息对应的上行传输波束的标识信息中的至少一项。In a seventh optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the method for training a transmission beam that is provided by the application may further include: receiving, by the first UE, packet information of at least one second uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device, the group information At least one of the group identification information and the identification information of the uplink transmission beam corresponding to the group identification information.
在第二方面的第八种可选的实现方式中,在上述第一UE在第一资源上使用至少一个第一上行传输波束向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息之前,本申请提供的训练 传输波束的方法还可以包括:第一UE接收网络设备发送的至少一个第一上行传输波束的标识信息。In an eighth optional implementation of the second aspect, before the first UE sends the identifier information of the first UE to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource, the training provided by the application The method for transmitting a beam may further include: receiving, by the first UE, identification information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device.
第二方面的其他各种可选的实现方式的相关技术效果的描述可以参见上述第一方面的其他各种可选的实现方式的技术效果的描述,此处不再赘述。For a description of the related technical effects of the other various optional implementations of the second aspect, refer to the description of the technical effects of the other various optional implementations of the foregoing first aspect, and details are not described herein again.
第三方面,本申请提供一种网络设备,该网络设备可以包括接收模块、发送模块和确定模块。其中,接收模块可以用于接收第一用户设备UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列;发送模块向第一UE发送第一资源信息,第一资源信息指示网络设备为第一UE配置的第一资源,第一资源用于第一UE使用至少一个第一上行传输波束发送第一UE的标识信息,至少一个第一上行传输波束为至少一个上行传输波束中的部分或全部的传输波束;接收模块还可以用于接收第一UE在发送模块发送的第一资源上使用至少一个第一上行传输波束发送的第一UE的标识信息;发送模块还可以用于向第一UE发送第二资源信息,该第二资源信息指示网络设备为第一UE配置的第二资源,该第二资源用于第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;接收模块还可以用于接收第一UE在发送模块发送的第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的上行信息;确定模块可以用于根据接收模块接收的第一UE发送的上行信息,从至少一个上行传输波束中确定至少一个第二上行传输波束;发送模块还可以用于向第一UE发送至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息,该至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息包括至少一个第二上行传输波束的标识信息或至少一个第二上行传输波束的质量信息。In a third aspect, the application provides a network device, which may include a receiving module, a sending module, and a determining module. The receiving module may be configured to receive a preamble sequence that is sent by the first user equipment UE by using at least one uplink transmission beam, where the sending module sends the first resource information to the first UE, where the first resource information indicates that the network device is configured by the first UE. a resource, the first resource is used by the first UE to send the identifier information of the first UE by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam, where the at least one first uplink transmission beam is part or all of the at least one uplink transmission beam; The module may be further configured to receive the identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the first UE by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource that is sent by the sending module, where the sending module is further configured to send the second resource information to the first UE. The second resource information indicates that the network device is the second resource configured by the first UE, where the second resource is used by the first UE to send the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, and the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the first UE, the sending Uplink information sent by the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource sent by the module; the determining module may be used according to Receiving, by the receiving module, the uplink information sent by the first UE, determining at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam, where the sending module is further configured to send information about the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE, where The information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam includes the identification information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam or the quality information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam.
在第三方面的第一种可选的实现方式中,网络设备还包括指示模块,该指示模块可以用于显式指示或者隐式指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。指示模块具体用于通过发送模块向第一UE发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于显式指示第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;或指示模块具体用于通过发送模块向第一UE发送预定的信息,预定的信息隐式指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,预定的信息包括预定的序列、预定的编码或预定的时频资源位置;或指示模块具体用于通过启用或激活预定的资源隐式指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。In a first optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the network device further includes an indication module, where the indication module is configured to explicitly indicate or implicitly instruct the first UE to use at least one uplink transmission beam to send on the second resource. Uplink information. The indication module is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the first UE by using the sending module, where the first indication information is used to explicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam; or the indication module is specifically configured to send, by using the sending module, The first UE sends predetermined information, and the predetermined information implicitly indicates that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, where the predetermined information includes a predetermined sequence, a predetermined code, or a predetermined time-frequency resource location. Or the indication module is specifically configured to implicitly instruct the first UE to send the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource by enabling or activating the predetermined resource.
在第三方面的第二种可选的实现方式中,上述发送模块具体用于将第一指示信息携带在随机接入过程中的竞争解决消息中发送给第一UE;或发送模块具体用于将第一指示信息携带在PDCCH的DCI中发送给第一UE。In a second optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending module is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the first UE in a contention resolution message in the random access process; or the sending module is specifically configured to: The first indication information is carried in the DCI of the PDCCH and sent to the first UE.
在第三方面的第三种可选的实现方式中,上述发送模块具体用于将第二资源信息携带在竞争解决消息中发送给第一UE;或发送模块具体用于将第二资源信息携带在PDCCH的DCI中发送给第一UE。In a third optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending module is configured to carry the second resource information in the contention resolution message and send the message to the first UE, or the sending module is configured to carry the second resource information. The first UE is sent in the DCI of the PDCCH.
在第三方面的第四种可选的实现方式中,上述确定模块还可以用于在接收模块接收到至少两个UE在第一资源上发送的至少两个UE的标识信息的情况下,从至少两个UE中确定第一UE;上述发送模块还可以用于向第一UE发送第一UE的标识信息。In a fourth optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the determining module is further configured to: when the receiving module receives the identifier information of the at least two UEs that are sent by the at least two UEs on the first resource, The first UE is determined by the at least two UEs; the sending module is further configured to send the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE.
在第三方面的第五种可选的实现方式中,上述发送模块具体用于向第一UE发送第一UE的标识信息;或上述发送模块具体用于使用加扰的第一UE的标识信息或使用加扰的第一UE的CRNTI,在PDCCH上发送全部或者部分下行信息,以指示网络 设备向第一UE发送了第一UE的标识信息。In a fifth optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending module is specifically configured to send the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE, or the sending module is specifically configured to use the identifier information of the scrambled first UE. Or transmitting all or part of downlink information on the PDCCH using the CRNTI of the scrambled first UE to indicate the network The device sends the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE.
在第三方面的第六种可选的实现方式中,上述发送模块还用于在接收模块接收到至少两个UE发送的至少两个UE的标识信息的情况下,向至少两个UE发送至少两个UE各自的第二资源信息,第二资源信息用于UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。In a sixth optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the foregoing sending module is further configured to: when the receiving module receives the identifier information of the at least two UEs sent by the at least two UEs, send the at least two UEs to at least two UEs. The second resource information of the two UEs, and the second resource information is used by the UE to send uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
在第三方面的第七种可选的实现方式中,上述发送模块还可以用于在向至少两个UE发送至少两个UE各自的第二资源信息之后,向至少两个UE中的每个UE发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示每个UE使用每个UE的至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。In a seventh optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the foregoing sending module is further configured to: after sending the second resource information of the at least two UEs to the at least two UEs, to each of the at least two UEs The UE sends the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that each UE sends uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam of each UE.
在第三方面的第八种可选的实现方式中,上述发送模块,还可以用于执行下述至少一项:In an eighth optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the foregoing sending module is further configured to perform at least one of the following:
向第一UE发送网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的标识信息。And transmitting, to the first UE, identifier information of the uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device for the first UE to send the uplink information on the second resource.
向第一UE发送网络设备指示的第一UE在第二资源上发送的上行信息的类型。Sending, to the first UE, a type of uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource indicated by the network device.
向第一UE发送网络设备指示的第一UE在第二资源上使用上行传输波束发送的上行信息的次数。Sending, to the first UE, the number of times that the first UE indicated by the network device sends the uplink information sent by the uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
向第一UE发送网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的数目。And transmitting, to the first UE, a number of uplink transmission beams that are used by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
向第一UE发送网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的顺序。Sending, to the first UE, an order of the uplink transmission beams indicated by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
在第三方面的第九种可选的实现方式中,上述发送模块还可以用于向第一UE发送至少一个第二上行传输波束的分组信息,该分组信息包括组标识信息和组标识信息对应的上行传输波束的标识信息中的至少一项。In a ninth optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the foregoing sending module may be further configured to send, to the first UE, packet information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam, where the group information includes group identifier information and group identifier information. At least one of the identification information of the uplink transmission beam.
在第三方面的第十种可选的实现方式中,上述发送模块具体用于将第一资源信息携带在随机接入响应消息中发送给第一UE。In a tenth optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending module is configured to send the first resource information in a random access response message to the first UE.
在第三方面的第十一种可选的实现方式中,上述确定模块还可以用于接收模块接收第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列之后,根据第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列,确定至少一个第一上行传输波束;上述发送模块还可以用于向第一UE发送至少一个第一上行传输波束的标识信息。In an eleventh optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the determining module may be further configured to: after the receiving module receives the preamble sequence sent by the first UE by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, use the at least one uplink transmission according to the first UE. The preamble sequence of the beam is sent to determine at least one first uplink transmission beam; the foregoing sending module is further configured to send the identifier information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam to the first UE.
第三方面及其各种可选的实现方式的技术效果可以参见上述对第一方面及其各种可选的实现方式的技术效果的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For the technical effects of the third aspect and various alternative implementations, reference may be made to the related description of the technical effects of the first aspect and various optional implementations thereof, and details are not described herein again.
在上述第一方面和第三方面中,上述网络设备接收的第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的上行信息包括下述信息中的至少一项:序列,该序列包括上行探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)序列、基于Zadoff-Chu序列生成的序列、帧、消息以及信号。In the above first aspect and the third aspect, the uplink information that is sent by the first UE by using the at least one uplink transmission beam by the first UE on the second resource includes at least one of the following information: a sequence, where the sequence includes an uplink. Sounding reference signal (SRS) sequence, sequence generated based on Zadoff-Chu sequence, frame, message, and signal.
第四方面,本申请提供一种UE,该UE为第一UE,该UE包括发送模块和接收模块。其中,发送模块可以用于使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送前导序列;接收模块可以用于接收网络设备发送的第一资源信息,该第一资源信息指示第一资源,该第一资源用于第一UE使用至少一个第一上行传输波束发送第一UE的标识信息, 该至少一个第一上行传输波束为至少一个上行传输波束中的部分或全部的传输波束;发送模块还可以用于在第一资源上使用至少一个第一上行传输波束向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息;接收模块还可以用于接收网络设备发送的第二资源信息,该第二资源信息指示第二资源,该第二资源用于第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;发送模块还可以用于在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波速向网络设备发送上行信息;接收模块还可以用于接收网络设备发送的至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息,至少一个第二上行传输波束为网络设备从至少一个上行传输波束中确定的至少一个传输波束,至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息包括至少一个第二上行传输波束的标识信息或至少一个第二上行传输波束的质量信息。In a fourth aspect, the application provides a UE, where the UE is a first UE, and the UE includes a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module may be configured to send the preamble sequence to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, where the receiving module may be configured to receive the first resource information sent by the network device, where the first resource information indicates the first resource, and the first resource is used by the first resource. Transmitting, by the first UE, identifier information of the first UE by using at least one first uplink transmission beam, where The at least one first uplink transmission beam is a part or all of the at least one uplink transmission beam; the sending module is further configured to send, by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam, the first UE to the network device on the first resource. And the receiving module is further configured to receive the second resource information that is sent by the network device, where the second resource information is used by the second resource, where the second resource is used by the first UE to send uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam; The method may be further configured to send the uplink information to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission wave speed on the second resource, where the receiving module is further configured to receive the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device, and the at least one second uplink transmission beam. For at least one transmission beam determined by the network device from the at least one uplink transmission beam, the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam includes the identification information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam or the quality information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam.
在第四方面的第一种可选的实现方式中,上述接收模块还可以用于接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息;上述发送模块还可以用于根据第一指示信息在的第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,该第一指示信息用于显式指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;或发送模块还可以用于根据接收模块接收的第二资源信息,在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,该第二资源信息指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;或上述接收模块还用于接收网络设备发送的预定的信息;发送模块,还用于根据预定的信息在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,预定的信息指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,预定的信息包括预定的序列、预定的编码或预定的时频资源位置;或上述发送模块还可以用于在第一UE获知网络设备启用或激活预定的资源之后,在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,其中,网络设备启用或激活预定的资源隐式指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。In a first optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving module is further configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device, where the sending module is further configured to: And transmitting, by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, the uplink information, where the first indication information is used to explicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource; or the sending module is further configured to receive, according to the receiving module, And the second resource information, where the at least one uplink transmission beam is used to send the uplink information, where the second resource information indicates that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource; or the receiving module further uses Receiving the predetermined information sent by the network device; the sending module is further configured to send the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource according to the predetermined information, where the predetermined information indicates that the first UE uses at least one of the second resources. The uplink transmission beam transmits uplink information, and the predetermined information includes a predetermined sequence, a predetermined Encoding or a predetermined time-frequency resource location; or the foregoing sending module may be further configured to: after the first UE learns that the network device enables or activates the predetermined resource, send the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, where the network The device enables or activates the predetermined resource implicitly indicating that the first UE transmits the uplink information on the second resource using the at least one uplink transmission beam.
在第四方面的第二种可选的实现方式中,上述接收模块具体用于接收网络设备发送的随机接入过程中的竞争解决消息,该竞争解决消息中携带第一指示信息;或,上述接收模块具体用于接收网络设备在PDCCH上发送的DCI,该DCI中携带第一指示信息。In a second optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving module is specifically configured to receive a contention resolution message in a random access process sent by the network device, where the contention resolution message carries the first indication information; or The receiving module is specifically configured to receive the DCI sent by the network device on the PDCCH, where the DCI carries the first indication information.
在第四方面的第三种可选的实现方式中,上述接收模块具体用于接收网络设备发送的竞争解决消息,该竞争解决消息中携带第二资源信息;或上述接收模块具体用于接收网络设备在PDCCH上发送的DCI,该DCI中携带第二资源信息。In a third optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving module is specifically configured to receive a contention resolution message sent by the network device, where the contention resolution message carries the second resource information; or the receiving module is specifically configured to receive the network. The DCI sent by the device on the PDCCH, where the DCI carries the second resource information.
在第四方面的第四种可选的实现方式中,上述接收模块还可以用于接收网络设备发送的第一UE的标识信息。In a fourth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the foregoing receiving module is further configured to receive identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device.
在第四方面的第五种可选的实现方式中,上述接收模块具体用于接收网络设备发送的第一UE的标识信息;或接收模块具体用于接收网络设备使用加扰的第一UE的标识信息或使用加扰的第一UE的CRNTI,在PDCCH上发送的全部或者部分下行信息。In a fifth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving module is specifically configured to receive the identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device, or the receiving module is configured to receive, by the network device, the scrambled first UE. Identification information or all or part of downlink information transmitted on the PDCCH using the CRNTI of the scrambled first UE.
在第四方面的第六种可选的实现方式中,上述接收模块还可以用于执行下述至少一项:In a sixth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the foregoing receiving module is further configured to perform at least one of the following:
接收网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的标识信息。 And receiving, by the network device, identifier information of an uplink transmission beam used by the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
接收网络设备指示的第一UE在第二资源上发送的上行信息的类型。And receiving, by the network device, a type of uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource.
接收网络设备指示的第一UE在第二资源上使用上行传输波束发送的上行信息的次数。And receiving, by the network device, the number of times that the first UE sends the uplink information sent by the uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
接收网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的数目。And receiving, by the network device, a number of uplink transmission beams used by the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
接收网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的顺序。And receiving, by the network device, an order of uplink transmission beams used by the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
在第四方面的第七种可选的实现方式中,上述接收模块还可以用于接收网络设备发送的至少一个第二上行传输波束的分组信息,该分组信息包括组标识信息和组标识信息对应的上行传输波束的标识信息中的至少一项。In a seventh optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the network device, packet information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam, where the group information includes group identifier information and group identifier information. At least one of the identification information of the uplink transmission beam.
在第四方面的第八种可选的实现方式中,上述接收模块还可以用于在发送模块在第一资源上使用至少一个第一上行传输波束向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息之前,接收网络设备发送的至少一个第一上行传输波束的标识信息。In an eighth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the foregoing receiving module may be further configured to: before the sending module sends the identifier information of the first UE to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource, Receiving identification information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam sent by the network device.
第四方面及其各种可选的实现方式的技术效果可以参见上述对第二方面及其各种可选的实现方式的技术效果的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For the technical effects of the fourth aspect and various optional implementations, reference may be made to the related description of the technical effects of the second aspect and various optional implementations thereof, and details are not described herein again.
在上述第二方面和第四方面中,上述第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送的上行信息包括下述信息中的至少一项:序列,该序列包括上行SRS序列、基于Zadoff-Chu序列生成的序列、帧(可以包括ACK(acknowledge)消息)、消息以及信号等。In the above second aspect and the fourth aspect, the uplink information that the first UE sends to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource includes at least one of the following information: a sequence, where the sequence includes an uplink SRS. Sequences, sequences generated based on Zadoff-Chu sequences, frames (which may include ACK (acknowledge) messages), messages, and signals, and the like.
第五方面,提供一种网络设备,该网络设备可以包括处理器和与该处理器耦合连接的存储器。该存储器可以用于存储计算机指令。当该网络设备运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机指令,以使得该网络设备执行上述第一方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的训练传输波束的方法。In a fifth aspect, a network device is provided, the network device can include a processor and a memory coupled to the processor. This memory can be used to store computer instructions. The method of training the transmitted beam by any one of the first aspect and various alternative implementations thereof, when the network device is running, the processor executing the computer instructions stored in the memory .
第六方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质可以包括计算机指令。当该计算机指令在网络设备上运行时,使得该网络设备执行上述第一方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的训练传输波束的方法。In a sixth aspect, a computer readable storage medium is provided, the computer readable storage medium comprising computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on a network device, the network device is caused to perform the method of training a transmit beam as described in any of the first aspects above and various alternative implementations thereof.
第七方面,提供一种包括计算机指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在网络设备上运行时,使得该网络设备执行上述第一方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的训练传输波束的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer program product comprising computer instructions, when executed on a network device, causes the network device to perform any of the first aspect described above and various alternative implementations thereof A method of training a transmitted beam.
第五方面至第七方面的相关内容和技术效果的描述可以参见上述对第一方面及其各种可选的实现方式的相关内容和技术效果的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For a description of related content and technical effects of the fifth aspect to the seventh aspect, reference may be made to the related content and technical effects of the first aspect and various optional implementations thereof, and details are not described herein again.
第八方面,提供一种UE,该UE可以包括处理器和与该处理器耦合连接的存储器。该存储器可以用于存储计算机指令。当该UE运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机指令,以使得该UE执行上述第二方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的训练传输波束的方法。In an eighth aspect, a UE is provided, the UE can include a processor and a memory coupled to the processor. This memory can be used to store computer instructions. When the UE is running, the processor executes the computer instructions stored by the memory to cause the UE to perform the method of training a transmit beam as described in any one of the second aspect above and its various alternative implementations.
第九方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质可以包括计算机指令。当该计算机指令在UE上运行时,使得该UE执行上述第二方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的训练传输波束的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer readable storage medium is provided, the computer readable storage medium comprising computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on the UE, the UE is caused to perform the method of training a transmit beam as described in any of the second aspect above and its various alternative implementations.
第十方面,提供一种包括计算机指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在 UE上运行时,使得该UE执行上述第二方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的训练传输波束的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer program product comprising computer instructions is provided, wherein the computer program product is When the UE is running, the UE is caused to perform the method of training the transmission beam according to any one of the foregoing second aspects and various alternative implementations thereof.
第八方面至第十方面的相关内容和技术效果的描述可以参见上述对第二方面及其各种可选的实现方式的相关内容和技术效果的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For a description of related content and technical effects of the eighth aspect to the tenth aspect, reference may be made to the related content and technical effects of the second aspect and various optional implementations thereof, and details are not described herein again.
第十一方面,提供一种通信系统,该无线通信系统可以包括上述第三方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的网络设备,以及上述第四方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的UE。In an eleventh aspect, a communication system is provided, which may include the network device according to any one of the foregoing third aspects and various alternative implementations thereof, and the fourth aspect and various The UE described in any one of the implementations.
或者,该通信系统可以包括上述第五方面中的网络设备,以及上述第八方面中的UE。Alternatively, the communication system may include the network device in the above fifth aspect, and the UE in the above eighth aspect.
第十一方面的相关内容和技术效果的描述可以参见上述对第一方面或任意一种可能的实现方式,和第二方面或任意一种可能的实现方式的相关内容和技术效果的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For a description of related content and technical effects of the eleventh aspect, refer to the related description of the first aspect or any possible implementation manner, and related content and technical effects of the second aspect or any possible implementation manner, I will not repeat them here.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本发明实施例提供的波束对的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a beam pair according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2为本发明实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图;2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明实施例提供的一种基站的硬件示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of hardware of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本发明实施例提供的一种手机的硬件示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of hardware of a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5为现有技术提供的随机接入过程的方法示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for a random access procedure provided by the prior art; FIG.
图6为本发明实施例提供的一种训练传输波束的方法示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for training a transmission beam according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图7为本发明实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图一;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本发明实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图二;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本发明实施例提供的UE的结构示意图一;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本发明实施例提供的UE的结构示意图二。FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。The term "and/or" in this context is merely an association describing the associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and both A and B exist, respectively. B these three situations.
本发明实施例的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同的对象,而不是用于描述对象的特定顺序。例如,第一上行传输波束和第二上行传输波束等是用于区别不同的传输波束,而不是用于描述传输波束的特定顺序。The terms "first" and "second" and the like in the specification and claims of the embodiments of the present invention are used to distinguish different objects, and are not intended to describe a specific order of the objects. For example, the first uplink transmission beam and the second uplink transmission beam and the like are used to distinguish different transmission beams, rather than describing a specific order of transmission beams.
在本发明实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本发明实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。In the embodiments of the present invention, the words "exemplary" or "such as" are used to mean an example, illustration, or illustration. Any embodiment or design described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the invention should not be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of the words "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present the concepts in a particular manner.
在本发明实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是指两个或两个以上。例如,多个处理单元是指两个或两个以上的处理单元;多个系统是指两个或两个以上的系统。In the description of the embodiments of the present invention, the meaning of "a plurality" means two or more unless otherwise stated. For example, a plurality of processing units refers to two or more processing units; a plurality of systems refers to two or more systems.
首先对本发明实施例提供的一种训练传输波束的方法、装置及系统中涉及的一些概念做解释说明。 First, a method, a device, and a system involved in training a transmission beam provided by an embodiment of the present invention are explained.
波束(beam):是一种通信资源,可以称为空间资源,预编码向量,即指具有能量传输执行性的发送或者接收预编码向量。在5G以及未来无线通信系统中,通信设备之间可以采用波束成型技术将传输信号的能量限制在某个波束方向内,从而增加信号和接收的效率。不同的波束可以认为是不同的资源,通过不同的波束可以发送相同的信息或者不同的信息。波束可以分为发射波束和接收波束,波束发射波束可以是指信号经天线发射出去后在空间不同方向上形成的信号强度的分布。接收波束可以是指从天线上接收到的无线信号在空间不同方向上的信号强度分布。Beam: A communication resource, which can be called a spatial resource, a precoding vector, that is, a transmission or reception precoding vector with energy transmission execution. In 5G and future wireless communication systems, beamforming techniques can be used between communication devices to limit the energy of the transmitted signal to a certain beam direction, thereby increasing signal and reception efficiency. Different beams can be considered as different resources, and the same information or different information can be transmitted through different beams. The beam can be divided into a transmit beam and a receive beam, and the beam transmit beam can be a signal intensity distribution formed in different directions of the space after the signal is transmitted through the antenna. The receive beam may refer to a signal strength distribution of wireless signals received from the antenna in different directions in space.
波束对(beam pair):发射波束与接收波束即为一对波束对,示例性的,以网络设备和UE为例,网络设备的下行链路传输波束和相应的UE的接收波束为一对波束对,或者UE的上行链路传输波束与相应的网络设备的接收波束为一对波束对,并且由波束对形成的链路称为波束对链路(beam pair link,BPL)。示例性的,如图1所示,网络设备通过波束成形技术生成多个下行链路传输波束(即发射波束),图1中以网络设备生成4个下行链路传输波束(分别记为波束1、波束2、波束3和波束4),对应的UE的接收波束有3个(分别记为波束5、波束6和波束7),网络设备使用波束3向UE发送下行信号,UE可以通过波束6接收网络设备发送的下行信号。Beam pair: The transmit beam and the receive beam are a pair of beam pairs. exemplarily, taking the network device and the UE as an example, the downlink transmission beam of the network device and the corresponding UE receive beam are a pair of beams. For example, the uplink transmission beam of the UE and the receiving beam of the corresponding network device are a pair of beam pairs, and the link formed by the beam pair is called a beam pair link (BPL). Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 1 , the network device generates multiple downlink transmission beams (ie, transmit beams) by using beamforming technology, and FIG. 1 generates four downlink transmission beams by network devices (respectively recorded as beam 1) , beam 2, beam 3 and beam 4), there are 3 receiving beams of the corresponding UE (respectively referred to as beam 5, beam 6 and beam 7), and the network device uses beam 3 to transmit downlink signals to the UE, and the UE can pass the beam 6 Receive the downlink signal sent by the network device.
在传输数据之前,需要先确定传输波束,以选择出信道质量较好的一个传输波束,用于传输数据。确定传输波束包括确定下行传输波束和确定上行传输波束。Before transmitting data, the transmission beam needs to be determined to select a transmission beam with better channel quality for transmitting data. Determining the transmission beam includes determining a downlink transmission beam and determining an uplink transmission beam.
确定下行传输波束的过程可以包括:网络设备通过每个下行传输波束(即发射波束)向UE发送一个或多个参考信号,其中,通过不同下行传输波束发送的参考信号之间可以进行资源复用(例如通过时分、频分、码分方式或其结合方式进行时域和/或频域资源复用);UE分别通过多个接收波束中的每个接收波束,接收网络设备的每个下行传输波束发送的参考信号,然后,根据所接收的多个参考信号估计出网络设备的每个下行传输波束到UE的每个接收波束的信道质量,并确定信道质量满足预设条件的下行传输波束,并将该下行传输波束的标识信息反馈给网络设备。后续,网络设备可以利用该下行传输波束发送控制信道、数据信道或者探测信号等。The process of determining the downlink transmission beam may include: the network device transmitting one or more reference signals to the UE by using each downlink transmission beam (ie, a transmit beam), where the reference signals transmitted through different downlink transmission beams may be resource multiplexed (for example, time domain and/or frequency domain resource multiplexing by time division, frequency division, code division or a combination thereof); the UE receives each downlink transmission of the network device through each of the plurality of reception beams, respectively. a reference signal transmitted by the beam, and then estimating, according to the received plurality of reference signals, a channel quality of each downlink transmission beam of the network device to each of the receiving beams of the UE, and determining a downlink transmission beam whose channel quality meets a preset condition, And the identification information of the downlink transmission beam is fed back to the network device. Subsequently, the network device can use the downlink transmission beam to transmit a control channel, a data channel, a sounding signal, and the like.
例如,假设网络设备可生成4个发射波束,分别标记为波束1、2、3;UE可生成3个接收波束,分别标记为波束a、b。那么,网络设备通过波束1、2、3分别发送参考信号;UE通过波束a接收参考信号,并通过波束b接收参考信号,然后,根据所接收的参考信号确定每个接收波束接收的参考信号估计每一个波束对的信道质量(具体为:波束1与波束a构成的波束对,波束2与波束a构成的波束对,波束3与波束a构成的波束对,波束1与波束b构成的波束对,波束2与波束b构成的波束对,波束3与波束b构成的波束对)的信道质量,并确定满足预设条件的下行传输波束,假设确定的波束对是波束3与波束a构成的波束对的信道质量最好,则UE可以将波束3的标识信息反馈给网络设备。For example, assume that the network device can generate four transmit beams, labeled as beams 1, 2, and 3, respectively; the UE can generate three receive beams, labeled as beams a, b, respectively. Then, the network device separately transmits the reference signal through the beams 1, 2, and 3; the UE receives the reference signal through the beam a, and receives the reference signal through the beam b, and then determines the reference signal estimate received by each of the receive beams according to the received reference signal. Channel quality of each beam pair (specifically: beam pair composed of beam 1 and beam a, beam pair composed of beam 2 and beam a, beam pair composed of beam 3 and beam a, beam pair composed of beam 1 and beam b The beam quality of the beam pair formed by beam 2 and beam b, the beam pair formed by beam 3 and beam b, and the downlink transmission beam satisfying the preset condition, and the determined beam pair is the beam composed of beam 3 and beam a The channel quality of the pair is the best, and the UE can feed back the identification information of the beam 3 to the network device.
确定上行传输波束的过程可以包括:UE通过每个上行传输波束(即发射波束)向网络设备发送一个或多个参考信号,其中,通过不同上行传输波束发送的参考信号之间可以进行资源复用(例如通过时分、频分、码分方式或其结合方式进行时域和/或频域资源复用);网络设备分别通过多个接收波束中的每个接收波束,接收UE的每个上行传输波束发送的参考信号,然后,根据所接收的多个参考信号估计出UE的每个 上行传输波束到网络设备的每个接收波束的信道质量,并确定信道质量满足预设条件的上行传输波束。后续,UE可以利用该上行传输波束发送控制信道、数据信道或者探测信号等。The process of determining an uplink transmission beam may include: the UE transmitting one or more reference signals to the network device by using each uplink transmission beam (ie, a transmit beam), where the reference signals transmitted through different uplink transmission beams may be resource-multiplexed (for example, time domain and/or frequency domain resource multiplexing by time division, frequency division, code division mode or a combination thereof); the network device receives each uplink transmission of the UE through each of the plurality of reception beams respectively. a reference signal transmitted by the beam, and then estimating each of the UEs according to the received plurality of reference signals Uplinking the channel to the channel quality of each receive beam of the network device, and determining an uplink transmit beam whose channel quality meets a preset condition. Subsequently, the UE may use the uplink transmission beam to transmit a control channel, a data channel, a sounding signal, and the like.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例提供的技术方案主要是针对如何确定上行传输波束展开讨论的,即认为在下行传输波束确定完成的基础上(对于下行传输波束是如何确定的,本发明实施例不作描述,也不作限定),再确定上行传输波束的。具体参见下述实施例的详细描述。It should be noted that the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is mainly for how to determine the uplink transmission beam deployment, that is, based on the completion of the downlink transmission beam determination (how to determine the downlink transmission beam, the embodiment of the present invention) Without description or limitation, the uplink transmission beam is determined. For details, refer to the detailed description of the embodiments below.
为了解决背景技术存在的问题,即为了降低通信系统中的干扰对网络设备选择上行传输波束的准确性的影响,本发明实施例提供一种训练传输波束的方法、装置及系统,网络设备在为UE配置用于UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送UE的标识信息的资源(可以称为第一资源)之后,网络设备还可以为UE配置用于UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息的资源(可以称为第二资源),从而UE可以下第二资源上使用上行传输波束向网络设备发送上行信息,如此,网络设备可以根据UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的各个上行信息,从至少一个上行传输波束中更加准确地选择出信号质量较好的上行传输波束,以用于UE与网络设备后续的数据传输,能够提高上行数据的传输质量。In order to solve the problem of the background art, that is, in order to reduce the influence of the interference in the communication system on the accuracy of the network device selecting the uplink transmission beam, the embodiment of the present invention provides a method, a device and a system for training a transmission beam, where the network device is After the UE configures a resource (which may be referred to as a first resource) for the UE to use the at least one uplink transmission beam to transmit the identifier information of the UE, the network device may further configure, for the UE, a resource for the UE to use the at least one uplink transmission beam to send uplink information. The UE may send the uplink information to the network device by using the uplink transmission beam on the second resource, so that the network device may use at least one uplink according to each uplink information sent by the UE using the at least one uplink transmission beam. The uplink transmission beam with better signal quality is more accurately selected in the transmission beam for subsequent data transmission between the UE and the network device, and the transmission quality of the uplink data can be improved.
本发明实施例提供的训练波束的方法可以应用于各种使用了波束成形技术的无线通信系统中,例如NR系统、下一代LTE系统、无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)系统以及蓝牙通信系统等无线通信系统中。以NR系统为例,如图2所示为本发明实施例提供的NR系统的架构示意图。在图2中,NR系统可以包括新空口的核心网和新空口的接入网,其中,接入网的功能实体包括网络设备10和UE 11,该接入网的功能实体还可以包括中继设备12,UE 11与网络设备10可以通过链路1建立连接,UE 11也可以先与中继设备12通过链路3建立连接,中继设备12再通过链路2与网络设备10建立连接,如此UE 11可以接入接入网。The method for training a beam provided by the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to various wireless communication systems using beamforming technologies, such as an NR system, a next-generation LTE system, a wireless local area networks (WLAN) system, and a Bluetooth communication system. In wireless communication systems. Taking the NR system as an example, FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an NR system according to an embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 2, the NR system may include a core network of a new air interface and an access network of a new air interface, wherein the functional entities of the access network include the network device 10 and the UE 11, and the functional entities of the access network may further include a relay. The device 12, the UE 11 and the network device 10 can establish a connection through the link 1, and the UE 11 can also establish a connection with the relay device 12 through the link 3, and the relay device 12 establishes a connection with the network device 10 through the link 2, Thus the UE 11 can access the access network.
可以理解的是,结合图2,对于网络设备而言,中继设备12可以认为是网络设备10的用户设备,对于UE而言,中继设备12可以认为是UE 11的网络设备。It can be understood that, in conjunction with FIG. 2, for the network device, the relay device 12 can be considered as the user equipment of the network device 10, and for the UE, the relay device 12 can be considered as the network device of the UE 11.
本发明实施例提供的网络设备可以为通常所用的基站,演进型基站(evolved node base station,eNB),5G系统中的网络设备(例如下一代基站(next generation node base station,gNB)、新型无线电基站(new radio eNB)、宏基站、微基站、高频基站或发送和接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP))等设备。示例性的,本发明实施例以通常所用的基站为例,介绍网络设备的硬件结构。下面结合图3具体介绍本发明实施例提供的基站的各个构成部件。如图3所示,本发明实施例提供的基站可以包括:20部分以及21部分。20部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换;21部分主要用于基带处理,对基站进行控制等。20部分通常可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等。21部分通常是基站的控制中心,通常可以称为处理单元,用于控制基站执行上述图3中关于基站(即服务基站)所执行的步骤。具体可参见上述相关部分的描述。The network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be a commonly used base station, an evolved node base station (eNB), a network device in a 5G system (for example, a next generation node base station (gNB), a new type of radio. A device such as a new radio eNB, a macro base station, a micro base station, a high frequency base station, or a transmission and reception point (TRP). Illustratively, the embodiment of the present invention introduces a hardware structure of a network device by using a base station that is generally used as an example. The components of the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention are specifically described below with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may include: 20 parts and 21 parts. The 20 parts are mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 21 parts are mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations. The 20 part can be generally referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver. The 21 part is usually the control center of the base station, and may be generally referred to as a processing unit for controlling the base station to perform the steps performed by the base station (ie, the serving base station) in FIG. 3 above. For details, please refer to the description of the relevant part above.
20部分的收发单元,也可以称为收发机,或收发器等,其包括天线和射频单元,其中射频单元主要用于进行射频处理。可选的,可以将20部分中用于实现接收功能的 器件视为接收单元,将用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即20部分包括接收单元和发送单元。接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。The 20-part transceiver unit, which may also be referred to as a transceiver, or a transceiver, includes an antenna and a radio frequency unit, wherein the radio frequency unit is mainly used for radio frequency processing. Optionally, 20 parts can be used to implement the receiving function. The device is regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function is regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the 20 portion includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. The receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, etc., and the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit or the like.
21部分可以包括一个或多个单板,每个单板可以包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器,处理器用于读取和执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能以及对基站的控制。若存在多个单板,各个单板之间可以互联以增加处理能力。作为一中可选的实施方式,也可以是多个单板共用一个或多个处理器,或者是多个单板共用一个或多个存储器,或者是多个单板同时共用一个或多个处理器。其中,存储器和处理器可以是集成在一起的,也可以是独立设置的。在一些实施例中,20部分和21部分可以是集成在一起的,也可以是独立设置的。另外,21部分中的全部功能可以集成在一个芯片中实现,也可以部分功能集成在一个芯片中实现另外一部分功能集成在其他一个或多个芯片中实现,本发明实施例对此不进行限定。The 21 portion may include one or more boards, each of which may include one or more processors and one or more memories for reading and executing programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and for base stations control. If multiple boards exist, the boards can be interconnected to increase processing power. As an optional implementation manner, multiple boards share one or more processors, or multiple boards share one or more memories, or multiple boards share one or more processes at the same time. Device. The memory and the processor may be integrated or independently. In some embodiments, the 20 and 21 portions may be integrated or may be independently arranged. In addition, all the functions in the 21 part may be integrated in one chip, or may be partially integrated in one chip to realize another part of the function integration in another one or more chips, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
本发明实施例提供的UE可以为手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本或者个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、智能汽车、传感设备、物联网(internet of thing,IOT)设备、客户终端设备(customer premise equipment,CPE)等。The UE provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), a netbook or a personal digital assistant (PDA), a smart car, a sensing device. , Internet of Things (IOT) equipment, customer premise equipment (CPE), etc.
示例性的,本发明实施例以UE为手机为例,介绍UE的硬件结构。下面结合图4具体介绍本发明实施例提供的手机的各个构成部件。如图4所示,本发明实施例提供的手机包括:处理器30、射频(radio frequency,RF)电路31、电源32、存储器33、输入单元34、显示单元35以及音频电路36等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解,图4中示出的手机的结构并不构成对手机的限定,其可以包括比如图4所示的部件更多或更少的部件,或者可以组合如图4所示的部件中的某些部件,或者可以与如图4所示的部件布置不同。Exemplarily, the embodiment of the present invention takes the UE as a mobile phone as an example to introduce the hardware structure of the UE. The components of the mobile phone provided by the embodiment of the present invention are specifically described below with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 4, the mobile phone provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes a processor 30, a radio frequency (RF) circuit 31, a power source 32, a memory 33, an input unit 34, a display unit 35, and an audio circuit 36. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the structure of the mobile phone shown in FIG. 4 does not constitute a limitation to the mobile phone, and may include more or less components such as those shown in FIG. 4, or may be combined as shown in FIG. Some of the components may be different from the components shown in Figure 4.
处理器30是手机的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个手机的各个部分。通过运行或执行存储在存储器33内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器33内的数据,执行手机的各种功能和处理数据,从而对手机进行整体监控。可选的,处理器30可包括一个或多个处理单元。可选的,处理器30可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等;调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以为与处理器30单独存在的处理器。The processor 30 is the control center of the mobile phone and connects various parts of the entire mobile phone using various interfaces and lines. The mobile phone is monitored overall by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in memory 33, as well as invoking data stored in memory 33, performing various functions and processing data of the handset. Alternatively, processor 30 may include one or more processing units. Optionally, the processor 30 can integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes an operating system, a user interface, an application, and the like; and the modem processor mainly processes wireless communications. It can be understood that the above-mentioned modem processor can also be a processor that exists separately from the processor 30.
RF电路31可用于在收发信息或通话过程中,接收和发送信号。例如,将基站的下行信息接收后,给处理器30处理;另外,将上行的数据发送给基站。通常,RF电路包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)以及双工器等。此外,手机还可以通过RF电路31与网络中的其他设备实现无线通信。无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议,包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统(global system of mobile communication,GSM)、通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)、LTE、电子邮件以及短消息服务(short messaging service,SMS)等。 The RF circuit 31 can be used to receive and transmit signals during transmission or reception of information or calls. For example, after the downlink information of the base station is received, it is processed by the processor 30; in addition, the uplink data is transmitted to the base station. Generally, RF circuits include, but are not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier (LNA), a duplexer, and the like. In addition, the handset can also communicate wirelessly with other devices in the network via the RF circuitry 31. Wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to global system of mobile communication (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple Access, CDMA), wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), LTE, e-mail, and short messaging service (SMS).
电源32可用于给手机的各个部件供电,电源32可以为电池。可选的,电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器30逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。Power source 32 can be used to power various components of the handset, and power source 32 can be a battery. Optionally, the power supply can be logically coupled to the processor 30 through the power management system to manage functions such as charging, discharging, and power management through the power management system.
存储器33可用于存储软件程序和/或模块,处理器30通过运行存储在存储器33的软件程序和/或模块,从而执行手机的各种功能应用以及数据处理。存储器33可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等;存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、图像数据、电话本等)等。此外,存储器33可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件或其他易失性固态存储器件。The memory 33 can be used to store software programs and/or modules, and the processor 30 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 33. The memory 33 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area, wherein the storage program area may store an operating system, an application required for at least one function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.), and the like; the storage data area may be stored according to Data created by the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, image data, phone book, etc.). Further, the memory 33 may include a high speed random access memory, and may also include a nonvolatile memory such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid state storage device.
输入单元34可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与手机的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。具体地,输入单元34可包括触摸屏341以及其他输入设备342。触摸屏341,也称为触摸面板,可收集用户在其上或附近的触摸操作(比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触摸屏341上或在触摸屏341附近的操作),并根据预先设定的程式驱动相应的连接装置。可选的,触摸屏341可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其中,触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位,并检测触摸操作带来的信号,将信号传送给触摸控制器;触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信息,并将它转换成触点坐标,再送给处理器30,并能接收处理器30发来的命令并加以执行。此外,可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型实现触摸屏341。其他输入设备342可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、电源开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标以及操作杆等中的一种或多种。The input unit 34 can be configured to receive input numeric or character information and to generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function controls of the handset. In particular, input unit 34 may include touch screen 341 as well as other input devices 342. The touch screen 341, also referred to as a touch panel, can collect touch operations on or near the user (such as the operation of the user using a finger, a stylus, or the like on the touch screen 341 or near the touch screen 341), and according to The preset program drives the corresponding connection device. Alternatively, the touch screen 341 may include two parts of a touch detection device and a touch controller. Wherein, the touch detection device detects the touch orientation of the user, and detects a signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts the touch information into contact coordinates, and sends the touch information. The processor 30 is provided and can receive commands from the processor 30 and execute them. In addition, the touch screen 341 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves. Other input devices 342 may include, but are not limited to, one or more of a physical keyboard, function keys (such as volume control buttons, power switch buttons, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks.
显示单元35可用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息以及手机的各种菜单。显示单元35可包括显示面板351。可选的,可以采用液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED)等形式来配置显示面板351。进一步的,触摸屏341可覆盖显示面板351,当触摸屏341检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后,传送给处理器30以确定触摸事件的类型,随后处理器30根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板351上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图4中,触摸屏341与显示面板351是作为两个独立的部件来实现手机的输入和输出功能,但是在某些实施例中,可以将触摸屏341与显示面板351集成而实现手机的输入和输出功能。The display unit 35 can be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user as well as various menus of the mobile phone. The display unit 35 may include a display panel 351. Optionally, the display panel 351 can be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like. Further, the touch screen 341 can cover the display panel 351, and when the touch screen 341 detects a touch operation thereon or nearby, it is transmitted to the processor 30 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 30 displays the panel according to the type of the touch event. A corresponding visual output is provided on the 351. Although in FIG. 4, the touch screen 341 and the display panel 351 are used as two separate components to implement the input and output functions of the mobile phone, in some embodiments, the touch screen 341 can be integrated with the display panel 351 to implement the input of the mobile phone. And output function.
音频电路36、扬声器361和麦克风362,用于提供用户与手机之间的音频接口。一方面,音频电路36可将接收到的音频数据转换后的电信号,传输到扬声器361,由扬声器361转换为声音信号输出。另一方面,麦克风362将收集的声音信号转换为电信号,由音频电路36接收后转换为音频数据,再将音频数据通过处理器30输出至RF电路31以发送给比如另一手机,或者将音频数据通过处理器30输出至存储器33以便进一步处理。An audio circuit 36, a speaker 361 and a microphone 362 are provided for providing an audio interface between the user and the handset. In one aspect, the audio circuit 36 can transmit the converted electrical data of the received audio data to the speaker 361 for conversion to a sound signal output by the speaker 361. On the other hand, the microphone 362 converts the collected sound signal into an electrical signal, which is received by the audio circuit 36 and converted into audio data, and then the audio data is output to the RF circuit 31 through the processor 30 for transmission to, for example, another mobile phone, or The audio data is output to the memory 33 by the processor 30 for further processing.
可选的,如图4所示的手机还可以包括各种传感器。例如陀螺仪传感器、湿度计传感器、红外线传感器、磁力计传感器等,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the mobile phone shown in FIG. 4 may further include various sensors. For example, a gyro sensor, a hygrometer sensor, an infrared sensor, a magnetometer sensor, and the like are not described herein.
可选的,如图4所示的手机还可以包括Wi-Fi模块、蓝牙模块等,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the mobile phone shown in FIG. 4 may further include a Wi-Fi module, a Bluetooth module, and the like, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例提供的训练传输波束的方法可以在随机接入过程中 实现,以确定用于UE发送上行信息的上行传输波束。It should be noted that the method for training a transmission beam provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be in a random access process. Implementation to determine an uplink transmission beam for the UE to transmit uplink information.
首先,以现有的LTE系统为例,对随机接入过程做简单的说明,如图5所示,随机接入过程包括S101-S105:First, the existing LTE system is taken as an example to briefly describe the random access procedure. As shown in FIG. 5, the random access procedure includes S101-S105:
S101、网络设备向UE发送基本系统信息。S101. The network device sends basic system information to the UE.
其中,基本系统信息可以为系统信息块(system information block,SIB),例如系统信息块2,即SIB2。基本系统信息中包括网络设备为UE配置的前导序列的一些参数配置信息。The basic system information may be a system information block (SIB), such as system information block 2, that is, SIB2. The basic system information includes some parameter configuration information of a preamble sequence configured by the network device for the UE.
S102、UE接收网络设备发送的基本系统信息,并向网络设备发送前导序列。S102. The UE receives basic system information sent by the network device, and sends a preamble sequence to the network device.
UE接收网络设备发送的基本系统信息之后,UE可以根据基本系统信息确定前导序列的格式,UE发送前导序列的时频资源,并且UE在网络设备为UE配置的时频资源上相网络设备发送指定格式的前导序列,该前导序列用于通知网络设备UE有随机接入请求。After receiving the basic system information sent by the network device, the UE may determine the format of the preamble sequence according to the basic system information, the UE sends the time-frequency resource of the preamble sequence, and the UE sends the designation on the network device of the time-frequency resource configured by the network device for the UE. A preamble sequence of the format, the preamble sequence is used to notify the network device UE that there is a random access request.
S103、网络设备接收UE发送的前导序列,并对接收到的前导序列进行检测,若网络设备检测到前导序列,并且估计出传输该前导序列的信道的时延,则向UE发送随机接入响应消息。S103. The network device receives the preamble sequence sent by the UE, and detects the received preamble sequence. If the network device detects the preamble sequence and estimates the delay of the channel transmitting the preamble sequence, the network device sends a random access response to the UE. Message.
可选的,随机接入响应消息(random access response,RAR)即为随机接入过程中的消息2,随机接入响应消息中可携带前导序列的索引、时间提前量(time advance),上行授权(uplink grant)信息等。上行授权信息可用于指示UE发送消息3的时频资源。Optionally, the random access response (RAR) is the message 2 in the random access process, and the index of the preamble sequence, the time advance, and the uplink grant may be carried in the random access response message. (uplink grant) information, etc. The uplink grant information may be used to indicate that the UE sends the time-frequency resource of the message 3.
S104、UE接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应消息,并在随机接入响应消息的上行授权信息指定的时频资源上发送消息3。S104. The UE receives the random access response message sent by the network device, and sends the message 3 on the time-frequency resource specified by the uplink grant information of the random access response message.
需要说明的是,UE在发送完一个前导序列之后,需要等待网络设备发送的随机接入响应消息。在LTE系统中,可在系统信息中携带随机接入响应时间窗,随机接入响应时间窗是指UE发送随机接入前导之后,尝试接收随机接入响应的时间段。若UE在随机接入响应时间窗内接收到了随机接入响应,则在随机接入响应指定的时频资源上发送消息3;若UE在随机接入响应时间窗内没有接收到随机接入响应,则本次随机接入过程失败。UE可以重新发起随机接入过程。It should be noted that after the UE sends a preamble sequence, it needs to wait for a random access response message sent by the network device. In the LTE system, the random access response time window may be carried in the system information, where the random access response time window refers to a time period in which the UE attempts to receive the random access response after transmitting the random access preamble. If the UE receives the random access response in the random access response time window, the message 3 is sent on the time-frequency resource specified by the random access response; if the UE does not receive the random access response in the random access response time window , this random access process failed. The UE may re-initiate the random access procedure.
可选的,消息3的内容可以不限定,消息3可能包括无线资源控制(Radio resource control,RRC)连接请求、控制消息以及业务数据等。例如,在基于竞争的随机接入过程中,可能有多个UE竞争接入网络,每个UE可以复用消息3,并在消息3中携带各自的标识信息,以使得网络设备确定至少一个UE接入网络。Optionally, the content of the message 3 may be not limited, and the message 3 may include a radio resource control (RRC) connection request, a control message, and service data. For example, in a contention-based random access procedure, there may be multiple UEs competing for access networks, each UE may multiplex message 3, and carry respective identification information in message 3, so that the network device determines at least one UE. Access to the network.
S105、网络设备接收UE发送的消息3,并向UE发送消息4。S105. The network device receives the message 3 sent by the UE, and sends the message 4 to the UE.
上述消息4即冲突解决消息,例如在上述的基于竞争的随机接入过程中,UE向网络设备发送携带有UE的标识信息的消息3之后,网络设备接收到消息3,并从多个UE中确定至少一个UE为可以接入网络的UE,然后,网络设备可以将选择的至少一个UE的标识信息携带在消息4中发送给该至少一个UE,以通知该至少一个UE竞争信道成功,从而该至少一个UE可以接入网络。The message 4 is a conflict resolution message. For example, in the contention-based random access procedure described above, after the UE sends the message 3 carrying the identifier information of the UE to the network device, the network device receives the message 3 and obtains from the multiple UEs. Determining that the at least one UE is a UE that can access the network, and then the network device may carry the selected identifier information of the at least one UE in the message 4 and send the information to the at least one UE, to notify the at least one UE to contend for the channel success, so that At least one UE can access the network.
至此,随机接入过程结束。At this point, the random access process ends.
下面结合上述随机接入过程,对本发明实施例提供的训练传输波束的方法做详细 介绍,如图6所示,该方法可以包括S201-S215:The method for training the transmission beam provided by the embodiment of the present invention is detailed in the following with the above random access procedure. Introduction, as shown in FIG. 6, the method may include S201-S215:
S201、网络设备向UE发送同步信息。S201. The network device sends synchronization information to the UE.
其中,同步信息可以包括主同步信号(primary synchronization signal,PSS)、辅同步信号(secondary synchronization signal,SSS)、主信息块(master information block,MIB)以及SIB。The synchronization information may include a primary synchronization signal (PSS), a secondary synchronization signal (SSS), a master information block (MIB), and an SIB.
本发明实施例中,同步信号用于UE与网络设备之间的时间同步、频率同步,并且符号同步、帧同步,以及获得循环前缀和小区的标识等;MIB和SIB均为系统信息,主要包括UE在某一小区工作所必需的一些系统信息,例如小区标识、上下行子帧配比以及邻居小区标识等。MIB可以在物理广播信道(physical broadcast channel,PBCH)上发送,SIB可以在物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)上发送。In the embodiment of the present invention, the synchronization signal is used for time synchronization and frequency synchronization between the UE and the network device, and symbol synchronization, frame synchronization, and obtaining a cyclic prefix and a cell identifier, etc.; the MIB and the SIB are system information, mainly including Some system information necessary for the UE to work in a certain cell, such as a cell identifier, an uplink and downlink subframe ratio, and a neighbor cell identifier. The MIB can be sent on a physical broadcast channel (PBCH), and the SIB can be sent on a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH).
可选的,在上述SIB中携带的信息还可以包括下述A1-A2中的至少一项:Optionally, the information carried in the foregoing SIB may further include at least one of the following A1-A2:
A1、物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH)资源与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束的标识信息之间的映射关系。A1. A mapping relationship between a physical random access channel (PRACH) resource and identification information of at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE.
其中,PRACH资源用于UE发送前导序列,PRACH资源可以包括时域资源和频域资源,时域资源可以包括下述资源中的至少一项:发送前导序列的开始时间、结束时间、时长、符号(例如OFDM符号)、时隙、子帧、迷你子帧、迷你时隙等。频域资源可以包括下述资源中的至少一项:频段、频带、子带、物理资源块、资源块、频域位置和子载波等。The PRACH resource is used by the UE to send a preamble sequence, and the PRACH resource may include a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource, where the time domain resource may include at least one of the following: a start time, an end time, a duration, and a symbol of the sending preamble sequence. (eg OFDM symbols), time slots, subframes, mini-subframes, mini-slots, etc. The frequency domain resources may include at least one of the following resources: a frequency band, a frequency band, a sub-band, a physical resource block, a resource block, a frequency domain location, and a sub-carrier.
PRACH资源与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束的标识信息之间的映射关系可以理解为PRACH资源与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束之间的映射关系,网络设备可以指示第一UE使用不同的上行传输波束上发送前导序列时,在不同的PRACH资源上发送前导序列,例如,第一UE使用波束1上发送前导序列可以在第一PRACH资源上发送,第一UE使用波束2上发送前导序列可以在第二PRACH资源上发送。The mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE may be understood as a mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE, and the network device may indicate that the first UE uses different When the preamble sequence is transmitted on the uplink transmission beam, the preamble sequence is transmitted on different PRACH resources. For example, the first UE uses the transmit preamble sequence on the beam 1 to transmit on the first PRACH resource, and the first UE uses the transmit preamble on the beam 2. The sequence can be sent on the second PRACH resource.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中,上述第一PRACH资源与第二PRACH资源不同,指的是第一PRACH资源与第一PRACH资源的时域资源或者频域资源不相同,其中,第一PRACH资源与第二PRACH资源的时域资源不同,可以包括第一PRACH资源中,上述列举的各项时域资源(即发送前导序列的开始时间、结束时间、时长、符号(例如OFDM符号)、时隙、子帧、迷你子帧和迷你时隙)中的至少一项与第二PRACH资源对应的各项时域资源(也包括上述列举的时域资源中的至少一项)中的至少一项不同。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first PRACH resource is different from the second PRACH resource, and the first PRACH resource is different from the time domain resource or the frequency domain resource of the first PRACH resource, where the first The PRACH resource is different from the time domain resource of the second PRACH resource, and may include the time domain resources listed in the first PRACH resource, that is, the start time, the end time, the duration, and the symbol (for example, an OFDM symbol) of the transmission preamble. At least one of a time slot, a subframe, a mini subframe, and a minislot, at least one of each time domain resource corresponding to the second PRACH resource (including at least one of the enumerated time domain resources) The items are different.
示例性的,假设第一UE有3个上行传输波束,如表1所示为PRACH资源与第一UE的传输波束的标识信息之间的映射关系的示例。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the first UE has three uplink transmission beams, as shown in Table 1, which is an example of a mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the identification information of the transmission beam of the first UE.
表1Table 1
PRACH资源PRACH resources 传输波束的标识Identification of the transmission beam
第一PRACH资源First PRACH resource beam 1Beam 1
第二PRACH资源Second PRACH resource beam 2Beam 2
第三PRACH资源Third PRACH resource beam 3Beam 3
结合表1,网络设备可以将PRACH资源与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束的标 识信息之间的映射关系携带在SIB中发送给第一UE,如此,第一UE可以获知传输波束对应的PRACH资源,从而第一UE可以顺利地向网络设备发送前导序列,以使得UE顺利接入网络。In conjunction with Table 1, the network device may associate the PRACH resource with the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE. The mapping relationship between the information and the information is carried in the SIB and sent to the first UE. In this manner, the first UE can learn the PRACH resource corresponding to the transmission beam, so that the first UE can successfully send the preamble sequence to the network device, so that the UE can be successfully connected. Into the network.
A2、第一UE发送的前导序列与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束的标识信息之间映射关系。A2. A mapping relationship between the preamble sequence sent by the first UE and the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE.
本发明实施例中,第一UE发送的前导序列与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束的标识信息之间映射关系可以理解为第一UE发送的前导序列与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束之间映射关系第一UE使用不同的传输波束发送的前导序列可以相同,也可以不同,网络设备可以指示第一UE使用传输波束发送的前导序列,例如,第一UE使用波束1发送第一前导序列,第一UE使用波束2发送第二前导序列。In the embodiment of the present invention, the mapping relationship between the preamble sequence sent by the first UE and the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE may be understood as a preamble sequence sent by the first UE and at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE. The preamble sequence sent by the first UE using different transmission beams may be the same or different. The network device may indicate the preamble sequence sent by the first UE using the transmission beam. For example, the first UE sends the first preamble by using the beam 1. Sequence, the first UE transmits a second preamble sequence using beam 2.
示例性的,同样,假设第一UE有3个上行传输波束,如表2所示为前导序列(preamble)与第一UE的传输波束的标识信息之间的映射关系的示例。Exemplarily, similarly, it is assumed that the first UE has three uplink transmission beams, as shown in Table 2, which is an example of a mapping relationship between a preamble and identification information of a transmission beam of the first UE.
表2Table 2
前导序列Lead sequence 传输波束的标识Identification of the transmission beam
第一preambleFirst preamble beam 1Beam 1
第二preambleSecond preamble beam 2Beam 2
第三preambleThird preamble beam 3Beam 3
结合表2,网络设备可以将前导序列与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束的标识信息之间的映射关系携带在SIB中发送给第一UE,如此,第一UE可以获知传输波束对应的前导序列,从而第一UE可以顺利地向网络设备发送前导序列,以使得UE顺利接入网络。With reference to Table 2, the network device may carry the mapping relationship between the preamble sequence and the identification information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE in the SIB and send the signal to the first UE, so that the first UE can learn the preamble corresponding to the transmission beam. The sequence, so that the first UE can successfully send the preamble sequence to the network device, so that the UE can successfully access the network.
可选的,本发明实施例中,网络设备还可以将PRACH资源与网络设备的至少一个下行传输波束(该至少一个下行传输波束为UE选择的网络设备的至少一个下行传输波束)之间的映射关系发送给第一UE,或者将前导序列与网络设备的至少一个下行传输波束之间的映射关系发送给第一UE。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may further map the PRACH resource and the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device, where the at least one downlink transmission beam is at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the UE. The relationship is sent to the first UE, or the mapping relationship between the preamble sequence and the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device is sent to the first UE.
本发明实施例中,传输波束的标识信息可以为下述信息中的任意一种:传输波束的特性(即传输波束的ID(identity))、基于传输波束的ID生成的ID、传输波束的名称、传输波束的索引、基于传输波束的索引生成的索引、传输波束的ID的衍生值、传输波束的名称的衍生值、传输波束的索引的衍生值、传输波束的ID的哈希值,传输波束的名称的哈希值、传输波束的索引的哈希值、传输波束的ID的截断值、传输波束的名称的截断值、传输波束的索引的截断值、传输波束的ID结合明文信息的哈希值、传输波束的名称结合明文信息的哈希值、传输波束的索引结合明文信息的哈希值、传输波束的ID的位表、传输波束的名称的位表、传输波束的索引的位表以及传输波束的位表等。In the embodiment of the present invention, the identification information of the transmission beam may be any one of the following: the characteristics of the transmission beam (ie, the identity of the transmission beam), the ID generated based on the ID of the transmission beam, and the name of the transmission beam. Index of the transmission beam, index generated based on the index of the transmission beam, derived value of the ID of the transmission beam, derived value of the name of the transmission beam, derived value of the index of the transmission beam, hash value of the ID of the transmission beam, transmission beam The hash value of the name, the hash value of the index of the transmission beam, the cutoff value of the ID of the transmission beam, the cutoff value of the name of the transmission beam, the cutoff value of the index of the transmission beam, the ID of the transmission beam combined with the hash of the plaintext information The value, the name of the transmission beam combined with the hash value of the plaintext information, the index of the transmission beam combined with the hash value of the plaintext information, the bit table of the ID of the transmission beam, the bit table of the name of the transmission beam, the bit table of the index of the transmission beam, and A bit table of the transmission beam, and the like.
S202、第一UE接收网络设备发送的同步信息。S202. The first UE receives synchronization information sent by the network device.
本发明实施例中,第一UE接收到网络设备发送的同步信息之后,第一UE可以根据同步信息与网络设备的时间、频率同步,以利于UE接入网络。In the embodiment of the present invention, after the first UE receives the synchronization information sent by the network device, the first UE may synchronize with the time and frequency of the network device according to the synchronization information, so as to facilitate the UE to access the network.
S203、第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送前导序列。S203. The first UE sends the preamble sequence to the network device by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
本发明实施例中,第一UE可以将前导序列携带在随机接入过程中的消息1中发 送给网络设备,并且第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送前导序列的过程中,第一UE可以通过显式指示或者隐式指示第一UE使用的传输波束。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first UE may carry the preamble sequence in the message 1 in the random access procedure. The first UE may indicate the transmission beam used by the first UE by explicitly indicating or implicitly in the process of sending the preamble sequence to the network device and using the at least one uplink transmission beam.
其中,第一UE显式指示第一UE使用的传输波束的方法可以包括:第一UE在使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送前导序列时,携带该至少一个上行传输波束的标识信息,如此,可以向网络设备指示第一UE使用的传输波束。例如,第一UE使用第一UE的波束1向网络设备发送前导序列时,第一UE可以携带波束1的标识(例如可以为beam 1)。The method for the first UE to explicitly indicate the transmission beam used by the first UE may include: when the first UE sends the preamble sequence to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, carrying the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam, The transmission beam used by the first UE may be indicated to the network device. For example, when the first UE sends the preamble sequence to the network device by using the beam 1 of the first UE, the first UE may carry the identifier of the beam 1 (for example, may be beam 1).
可选的,本发明实施例中,能够携带第一UE的上行传输波束的标识信息的资源可以从SIB中获取,或者可以从网络设备和第一UE预先定义或者约定好的资源中获得,从而第一UE在对应的资源上发送第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束的标识信息。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the resource that can carry the identifier information of the uplink transmission beam of the first UE may be obtained from the SIB, or may be obtained from the network device and the pre-defined or agreed resource of the first UE, thereby The first UE sends the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE on the corresponding resource.
第一UE隐式指示第一UE使用的传输波束的方法可以包括:第一UE根据PRACH资源与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束的标识信息之间的映射关系或者前导序列与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束之间的映射关系,指示第一UE使用的传输波束。The method for the first UE to implicitly indicate the transmission beam used by the first UE may include: the first UE according to a mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE or the preamble sequence and the first UE A mapping relationship between at least one uplink transmission beam indicating a transmission beam used by the first UE.
本发明实施例中,第一UE接收到同步信息之后,第一UE可以从SIB消息中获取PRACH资源与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束的标识信息之间的映射关系,或第一UE可以从SIB消息中获取前导序列与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束的标识信息之间的映射关系,对于PRACH资源与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束的标识信息之间的映射关系的描述可以参见上述S201中表1以及其他相关的描述,对于前导序列与第一UE的至少一个上行传输波束的标识信息之间的映射关系的描述可以参见上述S201中表2以及其他相关的描述。In the embodiment of the present invention, after the first UE receives the synchronization information, the first UE may obtain a mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE from the SIB message, or the first UE may Obtaining, by the SIB message, a mapping relationship between the preamble sequence and the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE, where the mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the identifier information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE may be For a description of the mapping relationship between the preamble sequence and the identification information of the at least one uplink transmission beam of the first UE, refer to Table 2 in S201 above and other related descriptions, refer to Table 1 in S201 above and other related descriptions.
示例性的,结合上述表1,如果第一PRACH资源与波束1具有映射关系,那么第一UE在第一PRACH资源上发送前导序列,表示第一UE使用波束1发送前导序列;结合上述表2,如果第一前导序列与波束1具有映射关系,那么第一UE发送的前导序列为第一preamble,标识第一UE使用波束1发送前导序列。Exemplarily, in combination with the foregoing Table 1, if the first PRACH resource has a mapping relationship with the beam 1, the first UE sends a preamble sequence on the first PRACH resource, indicating that the first UE uses the beam 1 to send the preamble sequence; If the first preamble sequence has a mapping relationship with the beam 1, the preamble sequence sent by the first UE is the first preamble, and the first UE is sent to use the beam 1 to send the preamble sequence.
可选的,本发明实施例中,第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送前导序列的过程中,第一UE还可以通过显式指示或者隐式指示第一UE选择的网络设备的至少一个下行传输波束。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, in the process that the first UE sends the preamble sequence by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, the first UE may also explicitly indicate or implicitly indicate at least one downlink of the network device selected by the first UE. Transmission beam.
第一UE显式指示第一UE选择的网络设备的至少一个下行传输波束的方法包括:第一UE在使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送前导序列时,携带第一UE选择的网络设备的至少一个下行传输波束的标识信息。例如,第一UE向网络设备发送前导序列时,若携带网络设备的第一波束的标识信息,则说明第一UE选择的网络设备的下行传输波束为第一波束,若携带网络设备的第二波束的标识信息,则说明第一UE选择的网络设备的下行传输波束为第二波束。The method for the first UE to explicitly indicate the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the first UE includes: when the first UE sends the preamble sequence to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, carrying the network device selected by the first UE Identification information of at least one downlink transmission beam. For example, when the first UE sends the preamble sequence to the network device, if the identifier information of the first beam of the network device is carried, the downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the first UE is the first beam, and if the network device is the second The identification information of the beam indicates that the downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the first UE is the second beam.
第一UE隐式指示第一UE选择的网络设备的至少一个下行传输波束的方法可以包括:第一UE根据PRACH资源与网络设备的至少一个下行传输波束的标识信息之间的映射关系或者前导序列与网络设备的至少一个下行传输波束之间的映射关系,指示第一UE选择的网络设备的下行传输波束。The method for the first UE to implicitly indicate the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the first UE may include: the mapping relationship or the preamble sequence between the PRACH resource and the identifier information of the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device by the first UE And a mapping relationship between the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device, indicating a downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the first UE.
示例性的,第一UE接收到同步信息之后,第一UE可以从SIB消息中获取PRACH资源与网络设备的至少一个下行传输波束的标识信息之间的映射关系,或者第一UE 可以从SIB消息中获取前导序列与网络设备的至少一个下行传输波束的标识信息之间的映射关系。如果第一PRACH资源与网络设备的第一波束具有映射关系,那么第一UE在第一PRACH资源上发送前导序列,表示第一UE选择的网络设备的下行传输波束为第一下行传输波束(即表示网络设备使用第一下行传输波束向第一UE发送下行信息);如果第一preamble与网络设备的第一波束具有映射关系,那么第一UE向网络设备发送第一preamble,表示第一UE选择的网络设备的下行传输波束为第一下行传输波束。For example, after the first UE receives the synchronization information, the first UE may obtain, from the SIB message, a mapping relationship between the PRACH resource and the identifier information of the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device, or the first UE. The mapping relationship between the preamble sequence and the identification information of the at least one downlink transmission beam of the network device may be obtained from the SIB message. If the first PRACH resource has a mapping relationship with the first beam of the network device, the first UE sends a preamble sequence on the first PRACH resource, indicating that the downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the first UE is the first downlink transmission beam ( That is, the network device sends the downlink information to the first UE by using the first downlink transmission beam. If the first preamble has a mapping relationship with the first beam of the network device, the first UE sends the first preamble to the network device, indicating that the network The downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the UE is the first downlink transmission beam.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中,第一UE可以使用不同的上行传输波束向网络设备发送不同的前导序列,第一UE也可以使用不同的上行传输波束向网络设备发送相同的前导序列,本发明实施例不作具体限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first UE may send different preamble sequences to the network device by using different uplink transmission beams, and the first UE may also send the same preamble sequence to the network device by using different uplink transmission beams. The embodiment of the invention is not specifically limited.
S204、网络设备接收第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列。S204. The network device receives a preamble sequence that is sent by the first UE by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
本发明实施例中,网络设备接收到第一UE使用的至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列之后,网络设备可以根据第一UE的显式指示(即上述S204中描述的第一UE显式指示第一UE使用的传输波束),即根据其获取的上行传输波束的标识信息,获知第一UE使用的哪一个传输波束发送前导序列。或者,网络设备可以根据第一UE的隐式指示(即上述S204中描述的第一UE隐式指示第一UE使用的传输波束),获知第一UE使用的哪一个传输波束发送前导序列。In the embodiment of the present invention, after the network device receives the preamble sequence sent by the at least one uplink transmission beam used by the first UE, the network device may perform an explicit indication according to the first UE (ie, the first UE explicit indication described in S204 above). The transmission beam used by the first UE, that is, according to the identification information of the uplink transmission beam acquired by the UE, it is known which transmission beam transmission preamble sequence used by the first UE. Alternatively, the network device may learn, according to the implicit indication of the first UE, that is, the first UE implicitly indicating the transmission beam used by the first UE in the foregoing S204, which one of the transmission beam transmission preamble sequences used by the first UE is used.
S205、网络设备向第一UE发送第一资源信息。S205. The network device sends the first resource information to the first UE.
本发明实施例中,网络设备接收到第一UE发送的前导序列之后,网络设备可以为第一UE配置第一资源(即第一上行资源,可以理解为上行链路授权),第一资源可以包括时域资源和\或频域资源,第一资源可以包括物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)资源或物理上行共享信道资源(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)资源,对于第一资源的具体描述可以参见上述实施例中对于PRACH资源的相关描述,此处不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present invention, after the network device receives the preamble sequence sent by the first UE, the network device may configure the first resource (ie, the first uplink resource, which may be understood as an uplink grant), and the first resource may be configured by the first UE. Including a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource, the first resource may include a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) resource, for the first resource. For a detailed description, refer to the related description of the PRACH resource in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
上述网络设备为第一UE配置第一资源的方法具体可以包括:网络设备可以使用UE选择的网络设备的下行传输波束(即在下行传输波束配准过程中,UE选择的网络设备的下行传输波束)向第一UE发送第一资源信息,该第一资源信息可以指示网络设备为第一UE配置的第一资源,该第一资源可以用于第一UE使用至少一个第一上行传输波束向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息,该至少一个第一上行传输波束可以为上述至少一个上行传输波束中的部分或全部的传输波束。The method for the network device to configure the first resource for the first UE may include: the network device may use the downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the UE (that is, the downlink transmission beam of the network device selected by the UE in the downlink transmission beam registration process) Transmitting the first resource information to the first UE, where the first resource information may be used to indicate that the network device is the first resource configured by the first UE, where the first resource may be used by the first UE to use the at least one first uplink transmission beam to the network The device sends the identifier information of the first UE, where the at least one first uplink transmission beam may be part or all of the transmission beams of the at least one uplink transmission beam.
本发明实施例中,上述第一资源信息可以为下述信息中的至少一种:第一资源的索引,第一资源的位表,第一资源的时域指示信息和\或频域指示信息,第一资源的资源格指示信息,第一资源的位指示信息,第一资源的资源块指示信息,用于确定第一资源的计算公式,采用计算公式确定第一资源所需的参数,第一资源的起始位置以及第一资源的偏移量。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first resource information may be at least one of the following information: an index of the first resource, a bit table of the first resource, time domain indication information of the first resource, and/or frequency domain indication information. The resource indication information of the first resource, the bit indication information of the first resource, the resource block indication information of the first resource, the calculation formula for determining the first resource, and the parameter required for determining the first resource by using a calculation formula, The starting position of a resource and the offset of the first resource.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中,网络设备可以通过广播、组播或者单播的方式将第一资源信息发送给第一UE,具体可以根据实际需求选择发送第一资源信息的方式,本发明实施例不作限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may send the first resource information to the first UE by using a broadcast, a multicast, or a unicast manner, and the method for sending the first resource information may be selected according to actual requirements. The embodiment of the invention is not limited.
S206、第一UE接收网络设备发送的第一资源信息。 S206. The first UE receives the first resource information sent by the network device.
本发明实施例中,第一UE可以使用该第一UE的接收波束(第一UE的接收波束与网络设备的下行传输波束组成一个波束对)接收网络设备发送的第一资源信息,从而可以根据第一资源信息指示的第一资源向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first UE may receive the first resource information sent by the network device by using the receive beam of the first UE (the receive beam of the first UE and the downlink transmit beam of the network device form a beam pair), so that The first resource indicated by the first resource information sends the identifier information of the first UE to the network device.
S207、第一UE在第一资源上使用至少一个第一上行传输波束,向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息。S207. The first UE uses the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource, and sends the identifier information of the first UE to the network device.
其中,至少一个第一上行传输波束为网络设备从UE的至少一个上行传输波束中选择的部分波束,也可以为UE的至少一个上行传输波束中的全部波束。The at least one first uplink transmission beam is a partial beam selected by the network device from at least one uplink transmission beam of the UE, and may also be all beams in at least one uplink transmission beam of the UE.
本发明实施例中,第一UE的标识信息可以包括下述标识中的任意一种:系统架构演进中的临时移动标识(SAE-temporary mobile subscriber identity,S-TMSI)(其中,SAE为系统架构演进(system architecture evolution,SAE)),国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identification number,IMSI),CRNTI,随机数等。In the embodiment of the present invention, the identifier information of the first UE may include any one of the following identifiers: a SAE-temporary mobile subscriber identity (S-TMSI) (wherein the SAE is a system architecture) System architecture evolution (SAE)), international mobile subscriber identification number (IMSI), CRNTI, random number, etc.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中,第一UE使用至少一个第一上行传输波束向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息,具体可以包括:第一UE分时使用至少一个第一上行传输波束向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息。例如,至少一个第一上行传输波束包括波束1、波束2和波束3,则第一UE逐一使用这三个波束向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息,即UE先使用波束1向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息,然后再使用波束2向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息,最后使用波束3向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息。其中,对第一UE使用波束1、波束2和波束3的顺序不作具体限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first UE sends the identifier information of the first UE to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam, which may include: using, by the first UE, at least one first uplink transmission beam. Sending the identification information of the first UE to the network device. For example, the at least one first uplink transmission beam includes the beam 1, the beam 2, and the beam 3. The first UE uses the three beams to send the identification information of the first UE to the network device, that is, the UE first sends the information to the network device by using the beam 1. The identification information of the first UE is used, and then the identifier information of the first UE is sent to the network device by using the beam 2. Finally, the identifier information of the first UE is sent to the network device by using the beam 3. The order in which the first UE uses the beam 1, the beam 2, and the beam 3 is not specifically limited.
可选的,本发明实施例中,第一UE可以将第一UE的标识信息携带在随机接入过程中的消息3(例如消息3中的MCE)中发送给网络设备。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first UE may send the identifier information of the first UE to the network device in the message 3 (for example, the MCE in the message 3) in the random access procedure.
S208、网络设备接收第一UE在第一资源上使用至少一个第一上行传输波束发送的第一UE的标识信息。S208. The network device receives the identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the first UE on the first resource by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam.
S209、网络设备向第一UE发送第二资源信息。S209. The network device sends the second resource information to the first UE.
本发明实施例中,网络设备接收到第一UE发送的标识信息之后,网络设备可以为第一UE配置第二资源。具体的,网络设备向第一UE发送第二资源信息,第二资源信息可以指示第二资源,该第二资源可以用于第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送上行信息。In the embodiment of the present invention, after the network device receives the identifier information sent by the first UE, the network device may configure the second resource for the first UE. Specifically, the network device sends the second resource information to the first UE, where the second resource information may be used to send the uplink information to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中,网络设备可以根据第一UE发送前导序列时采用的PRACH资源,为第一UE配置第二资源,例如,第一UE采用的PRACH资源满足使用n个上行传输波束发送前导序列,则网络设备为第一UE配置的第二资源需满足使用n个上行传输波束发送上行信息。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may configure the second resource for the first UE according to the PRACH resource that is used when the first UE sends the preamble sequence. For example, the PRACH resource used by the first UE satisfies the use of n uplinks. The transmission beam transmits the preamble sequence, and the second resource configured by the network device for the first UE needs to use the n uplink transmission beams to send uplink information.
对于第二资源的其他相关描述可以参见上述实施例中对于第一资源和PRACH资源的具体描述,此处不再赘述。For a detailed description of the second resource, refer to the detailed description of the first resource and the PRACH resource in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中,第二资源信息包含的内容可以与第一资源信息包含的内容相同,对于第二资源信息的相关描述可以参见上述实施例中对于第一资源信息的具体描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the content included in the second resource information may be the same as the content included in the first resource information. For the related description of the second resource information, refer to the specific information about the first resource information in the foregoing embodiment. Description, no longer repeat here.
本发明实施例中,网络设备可以通过下述B1或B2的方式向第一UE发送第一资源信息:In the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may send the first resource information to the first UE by using the following B1 or B2:
B1、网络设备将第二资源信息携带在竞争解决消息(即消息4)中发送给第一UE。 B1: The network device sends the second resource information in the contention resolution message (ie, message 4) to the first UE.
本发明实施例中,网络设备可以将第二资源信息携带在消息4中的媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)控制元素(control element,CE)中(例如可以携带在MAC CE的子头部(subheader)中)发送给第一UE。In the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may carry the second resource information in a medium access control (MAC) control element (CE) in the message 4 (for example, may be carried in the sub-head of the MAC CE) The subheader is sent to the first UE.
B2、网络设备将第二资源信息携带在PDCCH中的DCI中发送给第一UE。B2. The network device sends the second resource information in the DCI in the PDCCH and sends the information to the first UE.
可选的,本发明实施例中,网络设备还可以指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,具体的,网络设备可以显式指示或者隐式指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上信息。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may further indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource. Specifically, the network device may explicitly indicate or implicitly indicate that the first UE is The information is transmitted on the second resource using at least one uplink transmission beam.
其中,网络设备显式指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息的方法包括步骤C:The method for the network device to explicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource includes the step C:
C、网络设备向第一UE发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息可以用于指示第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。The network device sends the first indication information to the first UE, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
本发明实施例中,上述步骤C可以通过下述S1-S3中的任一项实现:In the embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing step C may be implemented by any one of the following S1-S3:
S1、网络设备将第一指示信息携带在随机接入过程中的竞争解决消息中发送给第一UE。S1: The network device sends the first indication information to the first UE in the contention resolution message in the random access process.
S2、网络设备将第一指示信息携带在PDCCH的息DCI中发送给第一UE。S2. The network device sends the first indication information to the first UE in the DCI of the PDCCH.
对于S1-S2的具体描述可以参见上述实施例中对于B1-B2的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For a detailed description of S1-S2, refer to the related description of B1-B2 in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
网络设备隐式指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息的方法可以包括下述R1-R3中的任意一项:The method for the network device to implicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource may include any one of the following R1 - R3:
R1、网络设备发送的第二资源信息指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。R1. The second resource information sent by the network device indicates that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
本发明实施例中,第二资源信息本身就可以用于指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,网络设备无需发送其他的用于指示第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息的信息给第一UE。In the embodiment of the present invention, the second resource information itself may be used to indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, and the network device does not need to send another indication that the first UE uses the at least one uplink. The transmission beam transmits information of the uplink information to the first UE.
R2、网络设备向第一UE发送预定的信息,该预定的信息指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,该预定的信息包括预定的序列、预定的编码或预定的时频资源位置。R2. The network device sends predetermined information to the first UE, where the predetermined information indicates that the first UE sends uplink information on the second resource by using at least one uplink transmission beam, where the predetermined information includes a predetermined sequence, a predetermined code, or a predetermined. The location of the time-frequency resource.
R3、网络设备通过启用或激活预定的资源指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。R3. The network device instructs the first UE to send uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource by enabling or activating the predetermined resource.
本发明实施例中,第二资源可以为网络设备预先为第一UE配置好的,即第二资源为预定的资源,网络设备可以向第一UE发送启用或者激活预定的资源的信息,以指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。In the embodiment of the present invention, the second resource may be configured by the network device in advance for the first UE, that is, the second resource is a predetermined resource, and the network device may send, to the first UE, information about enabling or activating the predetermined resource, to indicate The first UE transmits uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
S210、第一UE接收网络设备发送的第二资源信息。S210. The first UE receives the second resource information sent by the network device.
S211、第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送上行信息。S211. The first UE sends uplink information to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
其中,第一UE发送的上行信息可以包括下述信息中的至少一项:序列、帧、消息以及信号。其中,序列可以包括上行SRS序列和基于Zadoff-Chu序列(即ZC序列)生成的序列等;帧可以包括数据帧和ACK消息等,ACK消息可以包括UE向网络设备发送的竞争解决消息(即消息4)的ACK消息;消息可以包括RRC消息、调度请 求(scheduling request,SR)消息、缓存状态报告(buffer status report,BSR)和包括控制信息(例如上行控制信息(uplink control information,UCI)、DCI等)、信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)、管理信息、配置信息等信息的消息;信号可以包括解调参考信息号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)、调制参考信号(modulation reference signal,MRS)、SRS、信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、小区特定的参考信号(cell-specific reference signal,CRS)和脉冲信号等。The uplink information sent by the first UE may include at least one of the following information: a sequence, a frame, a message, and a signal. The sequence may include an uplink SRS sequence and a sequence generated based on a Zadoff-Chu sequence (ie, a ZC sequence), etc.; the frame may include a data frame and an ACK message, etc., and the ACK message may include a contention resolution message (ie, a message sent by the UE to the network device). 4) ACK message; the message may include RRC message, scheduling, please Scheduling request (SR) message, buffer status report (BSR) and control information (such as uplink control information (UCI), DCI, etc.), channel state information (CSI) a message of management information, configuration information, and the like; the signal may include a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), a modulation reference signal (MRS), an SRS, and a channel state information reference. Signal, CSI-RS), cell-specific reference signal (CRS), pulse signal, and the like.
本发明实施例中,第一UE可以通过接收随机接入过程中的竞争解决消息,从竞争解决消息中获取第二资源,或者第一UE可以从PDCCH上接收的DCI中获取第二资源信息,并且第一UE根据显式指示或者隐式指示,使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送上行信息。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first UE may obtain the second resource from the contention resolution message by receiving the contention resolution message in the random access process, or the first UE may obtain the second resource information from the DCI received on the PDCCH. And the first UE sends the uplink information to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam according to the explicit indication or the implicit indication.
可选的,第一UE可以从上述竞争解决消息或从PDCCH上DCI中获取可以显式指示第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息的第一指示信息;第一UE可以根据其接收的预定信息(例如上述的预定的序列、预定的编码或预定的时频域资源)确定第一UE可以使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;第一UE使用接收到网络设备发送的第二资源,并且第一UE根据网络设备发送的启用或者激活预定的资源的信息,确定使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。Optionally, the first UE may obtain first indication information that may explicitly indicate that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam from the contention resolution message or the DCI on the PDCCH; the first UE may receive the uplink information according to the first UE. The predetermined information (such as the predetermined sequence, the predetermined coding or the predetermined time-frequency domain resource) determines that the first UE can transmit the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam; the first UE uses the second resource that is sent by the network device, And determining, by the first UE, the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam according to the information about the resource that is enabled or activated by the network device.
S212、网络设备接收第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的上行信息。S212. The network device receives uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
S213、网络设备根据第一UE发送的上行信息,从至少一个上行传输波束中确定至少一个第二上行传输波束。S213. The network device determines, according to the uplink information sent by the first UE, at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam.
本发明实施例中,网络设备接收到第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的上行信息之后,网络设备可以根据其接收的通过不同的上行传输波束发送的上行信息,从至少一个上行传输波束中确定出部分信道质量较好的上行传输波束(例如至少一个第二上行传输波束),以用于第一UE后续向网络设备发送上行数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, after the network device receives the uplink information sent by the first UE using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, the network device may receive the uplink information sent by using different uplink transmission beams according to the received uplink information. An uplink transmission beam (for example, at least one second uplink transmission beam) with a better partial channel quality is determined in an uplink transmission beam, and is used by the first UE to subsequently send uplink data to the network device.
具体的,网络设备根据其接收的通过不同的上行传输波束发送的上行信息的接收信号强度、路径损耗、信噪比(signal to noise ratio,SNR)、RSRP、RSRQ以及RSSI中的至少一项,选择信道质量较好的上行传输波束。例如,网络设备选择接收信号强度最高(即接收信号强度的值最大),或路径损耗最低(即路径损耗的值最小),或信噪比最高(即信噪比的值最大),或RSRP最强(即RSRP的值最大),或RSRQ最好(即RSRQ的值最大),或RSSI最强(即RSSI的值最大)的上行传输波束。Specifically, the network device receives at least one of a received signal strength, a path loss, a signal to noise ratio (SNR), an RSRP, an RSRQ, and an RSSI of the uplink information that is sent by using different uplink transmission beams. Select an uplink transmission beam with better channel quality. For example, the network device chooses the highest received signal strength (ie, the received signal strength has the largest value), or the path loss is the lowest (ie, the path loss value is the smallest), or the signal-to-noise ratio is the highest (ie, the signal-to-noise ratio is the largest), or the RSRP is the most. Strong (that is, the value of RSRP is the largest), or RSRQ is the best (that is, the value of RSRQ is the largest), or the uplink transmission beam with the strongest RSSI (that is, the largest value of RSSI).
本发明实施例中,网络设备可以根据第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的上行信息更加准确地选择上行传输波束,即训练上行传输波束的准确性更高。In the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may select the uplink transmission beam more accurately according to the uplink information sent by the first UE using the at least one uplink transmission beam, that is, the accuracy of training the uplink transmission beam is higher.
S214、网络设备向第一UE发送至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息。S214. The network device sends information about the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE.
其中,至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息可以包括至少一个第二上行传输波束的标识信息或至少一个第二上行传输波束的质量信息,至少一个第二上行传输波束的质量信息至少包括SNR、RSRP、RSRQ以及RSSI中的至少一项。The information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam may include the identification information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam or the quality information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam, and the quality information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam includes at least SNR, RSRP. At least one of RSRQ and RSSI.
S215、第一UE接收网络设备发送的至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息。S215. The first UE receives information about the at least one second uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device.
本发明实施例中,第一UE接收到网络设备发送的至少一个第二上行传输波束的 信息,第一UE可以获知网络设备选择的第一UE的上行传输波束为哪一个或者哪些传输波束,至此,完成上行传输波束的训练(即完成上行传输波束对准),从而在后续的数据传输过程中,第一UE可以使用网络设备选择的上行传输波束向网络设备发送上行数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first UE receives the at least one second uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device. The first UE can learn which one or which of the uplink transmission beams of the first UE selected by the network device, and thus complete the training of the uplink transmission beam (ie, complete the uplink transmission beam alignment), thereby performing subsequent data transmission. During the process, the first UE may send uplink data to the network device by using an uplink transmission beam selected by the network device.
可选的,本发明实施例中,在上述S204之后,本发明实施例提供的训练传输波束的方法还可以包括S216-S217:Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, after the foregoing S204, the method for training a transmission beam provided by the embodiment of the present invention may further include S216-S217:
S216、网络设备根据第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列,确定至少一个第一上行传输波束。S216. The network device determines, according to the preamble sequence sent by the first UE by using at least one uplink transmission beam, the at least one first uplink transmission beam.
本发明实施例中,网络设备可以根据其接收的通过不同的上行传输波束(即至少一个上行传输波束)发送的前导序列,从至少一个第一上行传输波束中确定出部分信道质量较好的上行传输波束。In the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may determine, from the at least one first uplink transmission beam, a part of the channel with good channel quality according to the preamble sequence that is received by the different uplink transmission beams (ie, at least one uplink transmission beam). Transmission beam.
需要说明的是,由于网络设备根据第一UE发送的前导序列,确定至少一个第一上行传输波束的方法与上述S213中,网络设备根据第一UE发送的上行信息从至少一个上行传输波束中确定至少一个第二上行传输波束的方法类似,因此对于网络设备根据第一UE发送的前导序列,确定至少一个第一上行传输波束的详细过程可以参见上述S213中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。The method for determining the at least one first uplink transmission beam according to the preamble sequence sent by the first UE, and the foregoing step S213, the network device determining, according to the uplink information sent by the first UE, from the at least one uplink transmission beam. The method for determining the at least one second uplink transmission beam is similar. Therefore, for the detailed process of determining the at least one first uplink transmission beam by the network device according to the preamble sequence sent by the first UE, refer to the related description in the foregoing S213, and details are not described herein again.
S217、网络设备向第一UE发送至少一个第一上行传输波束的标识信息S217. The network device sends, to the first UE, identifier information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam.
本发明实施例中,网络设备还可以将其从至少一个上行传输波束中选择的信道质量较好的传输波束的标识信息发送给第一UE,以使得第一UE使用信道质量较好的传输波束向网络设备发送信息(例如第一UE的标识信息)。In the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may further send the identifier information of the transmission beam with the better channel quality selected from the at least one uplink transmission beam to the first UE, so that the first UE uses the transmission beam with better channel quality. Sending information (eg, identification information of the first UE) to the network device.
可选的,本发明实施例中,网络设备可以将第一UE的标识信息携带在随机接入响应消息(即消息2)中发送给第一UE。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may send the identifier information of the first UE in a random access response message (ie, message 2) to the first UE.
可选的,网络设备还可以通过向第一UE发送指示信息,指示网络设备选择的第一UE的上行传输波束是哪个或者那些传输波束。Optionally, the network device may further indicate, by using the indication information to the first UE, which uplink transmission beam of the first UE selected by the network device is the one or the transmission beams.
S218、第一UE接收网络设备发送的至少一个第一上行传输波束的标识信息。S218. The first UE receives the identifier information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device.
本发明实施例中,第一UE接收到至少一个第一上行传输波束的标识信息之后,第一UE可以在网络设备为第一UE配置的第一资源上使用至少一个第一上行传输波束向网络设备发送第一UE的标识信息。In the embodiment of the present invention, after the first UE receives the identifier information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam, the first UE may use the at least one first uplink transmission beam to the network on the first resource configured by the network device for the first UE. The device sends the identifier information of the first UE.
可选的,在S215之后,本发明实施例提供的训练传输波束的方法还可以包括S219:Optionally, after S215, the method for training a transmission beam provided by the embodiment of the present invention may further include S219:
S219、第一UE使用至少一个第二上行传输波束向网络设备发送上行数据。S219. The first UE sends uplink data to the network device by using at least one second uplink transmission beam.
本发明实施例中,由于网络设备确定的至少一个第二上行传输波束比较准确,因此,第一UE使用该至少一个第二上行传输波束向网络设备发送上行数据,能够提高上行数据的传输质量。In the embodiment of the present invention, the at least one second uplink transmission beam determined by the network device is relatively accurate. Therefore, the first UE sends the uplink data to the network device by using the at least one second uplink transmission beam, so that the transmission quality of the uplink data can be improved.
本发明实施例提供的训练传输波束的方法,在第一UE接入网络过程中,网络设备接收到第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列之后,网络设备向第一UE发送第一资源信息,然后第一UE可以在第一资源信息指示的第一资源上使用至少一个第一上行传输波束向网络设备发送的第一UE的标识信息,网络设备接收到第一UE的标识信息之后,网络设备还可以向第一UE发送第二资源信息,以用于第一UE在第二资源信息指示的第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送上行信 息,从而网络设备可以根据第一UE发送的上行信息,从至少一个上行传输波束中确定至少一个第二上行传输波束,并将该至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息发送给第一UE。与现有技术相比,网络设备通过为第一UE配置第二资源,使得第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,从而网络设备根据第一UE发送的上行信息从至少一个上行传输波束中选择出至少一个第二上行传输波束,以完成上行传输波束的训练,能够提高训练上行传输波束的准确性,从而提高上行数据的传输质量。The method for training a transmission beam according to the embodiment of the present invention, after the first UE accesses the network, the network device sends the first sequence to the first UE after receiving the preamble sequence sent by the first UE using the at least one uplink transmission beam. And the first information that the first UE may send to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource indicated by the first resource information, after the network device receives the identifier information of the first UE, The network device may further send the second resource information to the first UE, where the first UE sends the uplink message to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource indicated by the second resource information. Therefore, the network device may determine, according to the uplink information sent by the first UE, the at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam, and send the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE. Compared with the prior art, the network device sends the uplink information to the first UE by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, so that the network device sends the uplink information according to the uplink information sent by the first UE. Selecting at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam to complete the training of the uplink transmission beam can improve the accuracy of training the uplink transmission beam, thereby improving the transmission quality of the uplink data.
本发明实施例中,在第一UE接入网络的过程中,即在随机接入过程中,若网络设备接收到至少两个UE在第一资源上发送的至少两个UE的标识信息,说明网络设备此时存在判断冲突,即网络设备无法确定该网络设备之前接收的前导序列是哪个UE发送的,例如网络设备接收到的前导序列是第一UE与第二UE各自的前导序列叠加后的前导序列,则网络设备接收的第一UE的前导序列可能不准确,因此网络设备根据前导序列确定的至少一个第一上行传输波束可能不准确,在这种情况下,网络设备可以从至少两个UE中选择一个UE,例如第一UE,然后网络设备将第一UE的标识信息发送给第一UE或者网络设备使用加扰的第一UE的标识信息或使用加扰的第一UE的CRNTI,在下行控制信道PDCCH上发送全部或者部分下行信息,以指示网络设备向第一UE发送了第一UE的标识信息,以及网络设备向第一UE发送第二资源信息,以执行后续的步骤,即继续执行上述S209-S219。In the embodiment of the present invention, in the process of the first UE accessing the network, that is, in the random access process, if the network device receives the identification information of at least two UEs that are sent by the at least two UEs on the first resource, The network device has a judgment conflict at this time, that is, the network device cannot determine which UE the preamble sequence received by the network device is sent by, for example, the preamble sequence received by the network device is superposed by the respective preamble sequences of the first UE and the second UE. The preamble sequence, the preamble sequence of the first UE received by the network device may be inaccurate, so the at least one first uplink transmission beam determined by the network device according to the preamble sequence may be inaccurate, in which case the network device may be from at least two Selecting one UE in the UE, for example, the first UE, and then the network device sends the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE or the network device uses the identifier information of the scrambled first UE or uses the CRNTI of the scrambled first UE. All or part of downlink information is sent on the downlink control channel PDCCH, to indicate that the network device sends the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE, and the network design A second transmission resource information to the first UE to perform the subsequent steps, i.e., to continue the above-described S209-S219.
可选的,本发明实施例中,在网络设备接收到至少两个UE在第一资源上发送的至少两个UE的标识信息的情况下,网络设备可以向至少两个UE发送各个UE的标识信息,并且网络设备可以为至少两个UE中的每个UE配置各自的用于发送上行信息的第二资源,以及在网络设备向至少两个UE发送至少两个UE各自的第二资源信息之后,向至少两个UE中的每个UE发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示每个UE使用每个UE的至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,即在这种情况下,对于每个UE来说,均可以与网络设备交互,执行上述S209-S219,从而网络设备可以同时选择至少两个UE的上行传输波束,即同时完成与至少两个UE的传输波束的训练,可以提高上行传输波束选择的效率。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, in a case that the network device receives the identifier information of the at least two UEs that are sent by the at least two UEs on the first resource, the network device may send the identifiers of the UEs to the at least two UEs. Information, and the network device may configure a respective second resource for transmitting uplink information for each of the at least two UEs, and after the network device transmits the second resource information of each of the at least two UEs to the at least two UEs And transmitting, to each of the at least two UEs, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that each UE sends uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam of each UE, that is, in this case, for each For the UEs, the S209-S219 can be executed by the network device, so that the network device can simultaneously select the uplink transmission beams of at least two UEs, that is, simultaneously complete the training of the transmission beams with the at least two UEs, and improve the uplink. The efficiency of transmission beam selection.
综上,本发明实施例提供的训练传输波束的方法,在网络设备存在判断冲突的情况下,网络设备可以通过为第一UE配置第二资源,并根据第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的上行信息,从至少一个上行传输波束中确定至少一个第二上行传输波束,能够提高训练上行传输波束的准确性,从而提高上行数据的传输质量。In summary, the method for training a transmission beam according to an embodiment of the present invention, in a case where a network device has a judgment conflict, the network device may configure a second resource for the first UE, and use at least the second UE according to the first UE. The uplink information sent by the uplink transmission beam determines at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam, which can improve the accuracy of training the uplink transmission beam, thereby improving the transmission quality of the uplink data.
可选的,本发明实施例中,网络设备还可以向第一UE发送网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的标识信息。即上述第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息所使用的至少一个上行传输波束可以由网络设备指示给第一UE。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may further send, to the first UE, identifier information of the uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device, where the first UE sends the uplink information on the second resource. That is, the at least one uplink transmission beam used by the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource may be indicated by the network device to the first UE.
可选的,本发明实施例中,网络设备还可以向第一UE发送网络设备指示的第一UE在第二资源上发送的上行信息的类型,即第一UE在第二资源上发送的上行信息的类型,例如第一UE发送的上行信息为上述的序列、帧、消息以及信号中的哪一种, 可以由网络设备指示给第一UE。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may further send, to the first UE, the type of the uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource, that is, the uplink that is sent by the first UE on the second resource. The type of information, for example, the uplink information sent by the first UE is which of the above sequence, frame, message, and signal, The first UE may be indicated by the network device.
可选的,本发明实施例中,网络设备还可以向第一UE发送网络设备指示的第一UE在第二资源上使用上行传输波束发送的上行信息的次数,即网络设备可以指示第一UE在第二资源上多次发送上行信息。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may further send, to the first UE, the number of times that the first UE that is used by the network device to use the uplink information sent by the uplink transmission beam on the second resource, that is, the network device may indicate the first UE. The uplink information is sent multiple times on the second resource.
可选的,本发明实施例中,网络设备还可以向第一UE发送网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的数目,即第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息所使用的上行传输波束的数目可以由网络设备指示给第一UE。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may further send, to the first UE, the number of uplink transmission beams that are used by the network device to send uplink information on the second resource, that is, the first UE is in the second The number of uplink transmission beams used for transmitting uplink information on the resource may be indicated by the network device to the first UE.
可选的,本发明实施例中,网络设备还可以向第一UE发送网络设备指示的用于第一UE在第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的顺序,示例性的,假设第一UE使用3个上行传输波束向网络设备发送上行信息,3个上行传输波束分别记为波束1、波束2和波束3,网络设备可以指示第一UE使用这3个上行传输波束发送上行信息的顺序,例如,网络设备可以指示第一UE先使用波束3向网络设备发送上行信息,然后使用波束1向网络设备发送上行信息,最后使用波束2向网络设备发送上行信息。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may further send, to the first UE, a sequence of the uplink transmission beam that is used by the network device to send the uplink information on the second resource, where the first UE sends the uplink information. The UE sends the uplink information to the network device by using the three uplink transmission beams, and the three uplink transmission beams are respectively recorded as the beam 1, the beam 2, and the beam 3. The network device can instruct the first UE to use the three uplink transmission beams to send the uplink information. For example, the network device may instruct the first UE to first use the beam 3 to send uplink information to the network device, then use the beam 1 to send uplink information to the network device, and finally use the beam 2 to send uplink information to the network device.
可选的,本发明实施例中,网络设备还可以将其确定的至少一个第二上行传输波束分组,然后将分组信息发送给第一UE。该分组信息包括组标识信息和组标识信息对应的上行传输波束的标识信息中的至少一项。传输波束的分组信息可以指示第一UE的至少一个第二上行传输波束中,哪些传输波束为一组,如此,在第一UE使用至少一个第二上行传输波束中的某一个传输波束(例如波束1)向网络设备发送上行数据失败时,第一UE可以使用与波束1在同一个传输波束组的其他传输波束向网络设备发送上行数据,如此可以保证网络设备顺利地接收第一UE发送的上行数据。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may further group the at least one second uplink transmission beam that is determined by the network device, and then send the packet information to the first UE. The grouping information includes at least one of group identification information and identification information of an uplink transmission beam corresponding to the group identification information. The packet information of the transmission beam may indicate which of the at least one second uplink transmission beam of the first UE is a group, and thus, the first UE uses one of the at least one second uplink transmission beam (eg, a beam). 1) When the uplink data fails to be sent to the network device, the first UE can use the other transmission beam of the same transmission beam group as the beam 1 to send the uplink data to the network device, so that the network device can smoothly receive the uplink sent by the first UE. data.
具体的,网络设备根据其接收的第一UE通过至少一个第二上行传输波束发送的上行信息的接收信号的强度、路径损耗、SNR、RSRP、RSRQ以及RSSI中的至少一项的预定范围,对至少一个第二上行传输波束分组。示例性的,以接收信号强度的预定范围为例,网络设备将接收信号的强度在同一个预定范围内的第二上行传输波束划分到一个传输波束组中,例如,预定的范围可以为三个区间,如此,可以将至少一个第二上行传输波束分为三个组。Specifically, the network device according to the predetermined range of the strength, path loss, SNR, RSRP, RSRQ, and RSSI of the received signal of the uplink information that is sent by the first UE through the at least one second uplink transmission beam, At least one second uplink transmission beam packet. For example, taking a predetermined range of received signal strength as an example, the network device divides the second uplink transmission beam whose received signal strength is within the same predetermined range into one transmission beam group. For example, the predetermined range may be three. The interval, in this way, the at least one second uplink transmission beam can be divided into three groups.
可选的,网络设备还可以根据至少一个第二上行传输波束的空间上拟相关的特性将至少一个第二上行传输波束分组,将空间上拟相关的传输波束划分到一个传输波束组中。Optionally, the network device may further group the at least one second uplink transmission beam according to the spatially correlated characteristics of the at least one second uplink transmission beam, and divide the spatially-associated transmission beam into one transmission beam group.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中,可以取与上述实施例中描述的传输波束的标识信息类似的信息作为组标识信息,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the information similar to the identification information of the transmission beam described in the foregoing embodiment may be used as the group identification information, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中,上述网络设备发送的指示的上行传输波束的标识信息、上行信息的类型、发送的上行信息的次数、上行传输波束的顺序以及分组信息携带在SIB中发送给第一UE。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the identifier information of the indicated uplink transmission beam sent by the network device, the type of the uplink information, the number of times of the uplink information to be sent, the sequence of the uplink transmission beam, and the packet information are carried in the SIB. Give the first UE.
可选的,本发明实施例中,网络设备还可以向第一UE发送最优传输波束指示信息,以指示第一UE哪一个上行传输波束为传输数据质量最优的传输波束,具体的,可以网络设备可以在PDCCH上的DCI中或者在PUSCH上的MAC CE中发送最优传输波束指示信息。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may also send the optimal transmission beam indication information to the first UE, to indicate which uplink transmission beam of the first UE is the transmission beam with the best transmission data quality. Specifically, The network device may transmit the optimal transmission beam indication information in the DCI on the PDCCH or in the MAC CE on the PUSCH.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本发明实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可 以理解的是,各个网元,例如网络设备、UE等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本发明实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is mainly introduced from the perspective of interaction between the network elements. Can It is to be understood that each network element, such as a network device, a UE, etc., in order to implement the above functions, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of the respective functions. Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the embodiments of the present invention can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
本发明实施例可以根据上述方法示例对网络设备、UE等进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present invention may divide the function modules of the network device, the UE, and the like according to the foregoing method. For example, each function module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the module in the embodiment of the present invention is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图7示出了上述实施例中所涉及的网络设备的一种可能的结构示意图,如图7所示,网络设备可以包括:接收模块40、发送模块41和确定模块42。接收模块40可以用于支持网络设备执行上述方法实施例中的S104、S107中接收消息3、S204、S208和S212;发送模块41可以用于支持网络设备执行上述方法实施例中的S101、S105、S107中发送消息4、S201、S205、S209和S214;确定模块42可以用于支持网络设备执行上述方法实施例中的S213。可选的,如图7所示,该网络设备还可以包括指示模块43。指示模块43可以用于支持网络设备通过发送模块41显式或隐式指示第一UE在第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送上行信息。其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a possible structure of the network device involved in the foregoing embodiment. As shown in FIG. 7, the network device may include: a receiving module 40, The transmitting module 41 and the determining module 42 are provided. The receiving module 40 can be used to support the network device to perform the receiving messages 3, S204, S208, and S212 in the foregoing method embodiments. The sending module 41 can be used to support the network device to execute S101, S105 in the foregoing method embodiment. S107 sends messages 4, S201, S205, S209 and S214; the determining module 42 can be used to support the network device to execute S213 in the above method embodiment. Optionally, as shown in FIG. 7, the network device may further include an indication module 43. The indication module 43 can be configured to support the network device to explicitly or implicitly instruct the first UE to send uplink information to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource by using the sending module 41. All the related content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein again.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图8示出了上述实施例中所涉及的网络设备的一种可能的结构示意图。如图8所示,网络设备可以包括:处理模块50和通信模块51。处理模块50可以用于对网络设备的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理模块50可以用于支持网络设备执行上述方法实施例中的S213,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。通信模块51可以用于支持网络设备与其他网络实体的通信,例如通信模块51可以用于支持网络设备执行上述方法实施例中的S101、S104、S105、S107、S201、S204、S205、S208、S209、S212、和S214。可选的,如图8所示,该网络设备还可以包括存储模块52,用于存储网络设备的程序代码和数据。In the case of employing an integrated unit, FIG. 8 shows a possible structural diagram of the network device involved in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 8, the network device may include a processing module 50 and a communication module 51. The processing module 50 can be used to control the management of the actions of the network device. For example, the processing module 50 can be used to support the network device to perform S213 in the above method embodiments, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein. The communication module 51 can be used to support communication between the network device and other network entities. For example, the communication module 51 can be used to support the network device to execute S101, S104, S105, S107, S201, S204, S205, S208, S209 in the foregoing method embodiments. , S212, and S214. Optionally, as shown in FIG. 8, the network device may further include a storage module 52, configured to store program codes and data of the network device.
其中,处理模块50可以是处理器或控制器(例如可以是上述如图3所示的处理器),例如可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明实施例公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框、模块和电路。上述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块51可以是收发器、收发电路或通信接口等(例如可以是上述如图3所示的射频单元)。存储模块52可以是存储器(例如可以是上述如图3所示的存储器)。 The processing module 50 may be a processor or a controller (for example, the processor shown in FIG. 3 above), and may be, for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, or a digital signal processor ( Digital signal processor (DSP), application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof . It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the embodiments of the invention. The above processors may also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like. The communication module 51 may be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a communication interface or the like (for example, may be the radio frequency unit as shown in FIG. 3 described above). The storage module 52 may be a memory (for example, may be the memory shown in FIG. 3 described above).
当处理模块50为处理器,通信模块51为收发器,存储模块52为存储器时,处理器、收发器和存储器可以通过总线连接。总线可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended Industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。When the processing module 50 is a processor, the communication module 51 is a transceiver, and the storage module 52 is a memory, the processor, the transceiver, and the memory can be connected by a bus. The bus can be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图9示出了上述实施例中所涉及的UE的一种可能的结构示意图,如图9所示,UE可以包括:发送模块60和接收模块61。发送模块60可以用于支持UE执行上述方法实施例中的S103、S106中发送消息3、S203、S207和S211;接收模块61可以用于支持UE执行上述方法实施例中的S102、S106中接收随机接入响应消息、S201、S206、S210和S215。其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a possible structure of the UE involved in the foregoing embodiment. As shown in FIG. 9, the UE may include: a sending module 60 and a receiving module. 61. The sending module 60 may be configured to support the UE to perform the sending of the messages 3, S203, S207, and S211 in S103, S106 in the foregoing method embodiment; the receiving module 61 may be configured to support the UE to perform the receiving in the S102, S106 in the foregoing method embodiment. Access response messages, S201, S206, S210, and S215. All the related content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein again.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图10示出了上述实施例中所涉及的UE的一种可能的结构示意图。如图10所示,UE可以包括:处理模块60和通信模块61。处理模块60可以用于对UE的动作进行控制管理。通信模块61可以用于支持UE与其他网络实体的通信,例如通信模块61可以用于支持UE执行上述方法实施例中的S103、S102、S106、S201、S203、S206、S207、S210、S211和S215。可选的,如图10所示,该UE还可以包括存储模块62,用于存储UE的程序代码和数据。In the case of employing an integrated unit, FIG. 10 shows a possible structural diagram of the UE involved in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 10, the UE may include a processing module 60 and a communication module 61. The processing module 60 can be used to control and manage the actions of the UE. The communication module 61 can be used to support communication between the UE and other network entities. For example, the communication module 61 can be used to support the UE to perform S103, S102, S106, S201, S203, S206, S207, S210, S211, and S215 in the foregoing method embodiments. . Optionally, as shown in FIG. 10, the UE may further include a storage module 62, configured to store program codes and data of the UE.
其中,处理模块60可以是处理器或控制器(例如可以是上述如图4所示的处理器30),例如可以是CPU、通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明实施例公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框、模块和电路。上述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块61可以是收发器、收发电路或通信接口等(例如可以是上述如图4所示的RF电路31)。存储模块62可以是存储器(例如可以是上述如图4所示的存储器33)。The processing module 60 may be a processor or a controller (for example, the processor 30 shown in FIG. 4 above), and may be, for example, a CPU, a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA, or other programmable logic device, a transistor. Logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the embodiments of the invention. The above processors may also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like. The communication module 61 may be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit or a communication interface or the like (for example, may be the RF circuit 31 as shown in FIG. 4 described above). The storage module 62 may be a memory (for example, may be the memory 33 as shown in FIG. 4 described above).
当处理模块60为处理器,通信模块61为收发器,存储模块62为存储器时,处理器、收发器和存储器可以通过总线连接。总线可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。When the processing module 60 is a processor, the communication module 61 is a transceiver, and the storage module 62 is a memory, the processor, the transceiver, and the memory can be connected by a bus. The bus can be a PCI bus or an EISA bus. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行该计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例中的流程或功能。该计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))方式或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、磁盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、 或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state drives,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions in accordance with embodiments of the present invention are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be wired from a website site, computer, server or data center (for example, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website, computer, server or data center. The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a magnetic disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a digital video disc (DVD)), Or semiconductor media (such as solid state drives (SSD)).
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above functional modules is illustrated. In practical applications, the above functions can be allocated according to needs. It is completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. For the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above, reference may be made to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be used. Combinations can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)或处理器执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:快闪存储器、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present application, in essence or the contribution to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) or processor to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage medium includes: a flash memory, a mobile hard disk, a read only memory, a random access memory, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The foregoing is only a specific embodiment of the present application, but the scope of protection of the present application is not limited thereto, and any changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present application should be covered by the scope of the present application. . Therefore, the scope of protection of the present application should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (51)

  1. 一种训练传输波束的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for training a transmission beam, comprising:
    网络设备接收第一用户设备UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列;Receiving, by the network device, a preamble sequence sent by the first user equipment UE by using at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送第一资源信息,所述第一资源信息指示所述网络设备为所述第一UE配置的第一资源,所述第一资源用于所述第一UE使用至少一个第一上行传输波束发送所述第一UE的标识信息,所述至少一个第一上行传输波束为所述至少一个上行传输波束中的部分或全部的传输波束;The network device sends the first resource information to the first UE, where the first resource information indicates that the network device is the first resource configured by the first UE, and the first resource is used for the first resource The UE sends the identifier information of the first UE by using at least one first uplink transmission beam, where the at least one first uplink transmission beam is part or all of the transmission beams of the at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述网络设备接收所述第一UE在所述第一资源上使用所述至少一个第一上行传输波束发送的所述第一UE的标识信息;Receiving, by the network device, identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the first UE by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource;
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送第二资源信息,所述第二资源信息指示所述网络设备为所述第一UE配置的第二资源,所述第二资源用于所述第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;Transmitting, by the network device, the second resource information to the first UE, where the second resource information indicates that the network device is a second resource configured by the first UE, and the second resource is used by the first resource The UE transmits the uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述网络设备接收所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送的上行信息;Receiving, by the network device, uplink information that is sent by the first UE by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource;
    所述网络设备根据所述第一UE发送的上行信息,从所述至少一个上行传输波束中确定至少一个第二上行传输波束;Determining, by the network device, at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam according to the uplink information sent by the first UE;
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息,所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息包括所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的标识信息或所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的质量信息。Transmitting, by the network device, the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE, where the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam includes identifier information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam or the Quality information of at least one second uplink transmission beam.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    所述网络设备显式指示或者隐式指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;The network device explicitly indicates or implicitly indicates that the first UE sends uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource;
    所述网络设备显式指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,包括:The network device explicitly indicates that the first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, including:
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一UE使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;The network device sends first indication information to the first UE, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first UE sends uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述网络设备隐式指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,包括:The network device implicitly instructing the first UE to send uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, including:
    所述网络设备发送的所述第二资源信息指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;或,The second resource information sent by the network device indicates that the first UE sends uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource; or
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送预定的信息,所述预定的信息指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,所述预定的信息包括预定的序列、预定的编码或预定的时频资源位置;或,The network device sends predetermined information to the first UE, where the predetermined information indicates that the first UE sends uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, the predetermined information. Include a predetermined sequence, a predetermined code, or a predetermined time-frequency resource location; or,
    所述网络设备通过启用或激活预定的资源指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。The network device instructs the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource by using the at least one uplink transmission beam by enabling or activating a predetermined resource.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the sending, by the network device, the first indication information to the first UE comprises:
    所述网络设备将所述第一指示信息携带在随机接入过程中的竞争解决消息中发送给所述第一UE;或, The network device sends the first indication information to the first UE in a contention resolution message in a random access procedure; or
    所述网络设备将所述第一指示信息携带在物理下行控制信道PDCCH的下行控制信息DCI中发送给所述第一UE。The network device sends the first indication information to the first UE by using the downlink control information DCI of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送第二资源信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the sending, by the network device, the second resource information to the first UE comprises:
    所述网络设备将所述第二资源信息携带在所述竞争解决消息中发送给所述第一UE;或,Transmitting, by the network device, the second resource information in the contention resolution message to the first UE; or
    所述网络设备将所述第二资源信息携带在所述PDCCH的DCI中发送给所述第一UE。The network device carries the second resource information in a DCI of the PDCCH and sends the information to the first UE.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that
    所述网络设备接收的所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送的上行信息包括序列、帧、消息和信号中的至少一项。The uplink information that is sent by the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam by the first UE on the second resource includes at least one of a sequence, a frame, a message, and a signal.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that
    若所述网络设备接收到至少两个UE在所述第一资源上发送的所述至少两个UE的标识信息,所述网络设备从至少两个UE中确定所述第一UE;If the network device receives the identification information of the at least two UEs that are sent by the at least two UEs on the first resource, the network device determines the first UE from the at least two UEs;
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送所述第一UE的标识信息。The network device sends the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送所述第一UE的标识信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the transmitting, by the network device, the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE, includes:
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送所述第一UE的标识信息;或,Sending, by the network device, the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE; or
    所述网络设备使用加扰的第一UE的标识信息或使用加扰的第一UE的小区无线网络临时标识CRNTI,在下行控制信道PDCCH上发送全部或者部分下行信息,以指示所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送了所述第一UE的标识信息。The network device sends all or part of downlink information on the downlink control channel PDCCH by using the identifier information of the first UE that is scrambled or using the cell radio network temporary identifier CRNTI of the first UE to indicate that the network device is The first UE sends the identifier information of the first UE.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein
    若所述网络设备接收到至少两个UE发送的至少两个UE的标识信息,所述网络设备向所述至少两个UE发送所述至少两个UE各自的第二资源信息,所述第二资源信息用于UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。If the network device receives the identification information of the at least two UEs sent by the at least two UEs, the network device sends the second resource information of the at least two UEs to the at least two UEs, the second The resource information is used by the UE to send uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述网络设备向所述至少两个UE发送所述至少两个UE各自的第二资源信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein after the network device sends the second resource information of the at least two UEs to the at least two UEs, the method further includes :
    所述网络设备向所述至少两个UE中的每个UE发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示每个UE使用每个UE的至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。The network device sends first indication information to each of the at least two UEs, where the first indication information is used to indicate that each UE sends uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam of each UE.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备执行下述至少一项:The network device performs at least one of the following:
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送所述网络设备指示的用于所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的标识信息;Sending, by the network device, the identifier information of the uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device to the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource, to the first UE;
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送所述网络设备指示的所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送的上行信息的类型;Transmitting, by the network device, a type of uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource, that is indicated by the network device, to the first UE;
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送所述网络设备指示的所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用上行传输波束发送的上行信息的次数;The network device sends, to the first UE, the number of times that the first UE indicated by the network device sends uplink information sent by using an uplink transmission beam on the second resource;
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送所述网络设备指示的用于所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的数目; Sending, by the network device, the number of uplink transmission beams that are sent by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource, to the first UE;
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送所述网络设备指示的用于所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的顺序。And the network device sends, to the first UE, an order of the uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, further comprising:
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的分组信息,所述分组信息包括组标识信息和所述组标识信息对应的上行传输波束的标识信息中的至少一项。Transmitting, by the network device, packet information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE, where the packet information includes at least one of group identification information and identifier information of an uplink transmission beam corresponding to the group identifier information. item.
  12. 根据权利要求1至11任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送第一资源信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the sending, by the network device, the first resource information to the first UE comprises:
    所述网络设备将所述第一资源信息携带在随机接入响应消息中发送给所述第一UE。The network device carries the first resource information in a random access response message and sends the information to the first UE.
  13. 根据权利要求1至12任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备接收第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein after the network device receives the preamble sequence sent by the first UE using the at least one uplink transmission beam, the method further includes:
    所述网络设备根据所述第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列,确定所述至少一个第一上行传输波束;Determining, by the network device, the at least one first uplink transmission beam according to a preamble sequence that is sent by the first UE by using at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送所述至少一个第一上行传输波束的标识信息。Sending, by the network device, identification information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam to the first UE.
  14. 一种训练传输波束的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for training a transmission beam, comprising:
    第一用户设备UE使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送前导序列;The first user equipment UE sends a preamble sequence to the network device by using at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的第一资源信息,所述第一资源信息指示第一资源,所述第一资源用于所述第一UE使用所述至少一个第一上行传输波束发送所述第一UE的标识信息,所述至少一个第一上行传输波束为所述至少一个上行传输波束中的部分或全部的传输波束;The first UE receives the first resource information that is sent by the network device, where the first resource information indicates a first resource, and the first resource is used by the first UE to use the at least one first uplink transmission beam And transmitting, by the identifier information of the first UE, the at least one first uplink transmission beam is a part or all of a transmission beam of the at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述第一UE在所述第一资源上使用所述至少一个第一上行传输波束向所述网络设备发送所述第一UE的标识信息;Sending, by the first UE, the identifier information of the first UE to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource;
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的第二资源信息,所述第二资源信息指示第二资源,所述第二资源用于所述第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;The first UE receives the second resource information that is sent by the network device, and the second resource information indicates the second resource, where the second resource is used by the first UE to send uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波速向所述网络设备发送上行信息;Transmitting, by the first UE, uplink information to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission wave speed on the second resource;
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息,所述至少一个第二上行传输波束为所述网络设备从所述至少一个上行传输波束中确定的至少一个传输波束,所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息包括所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的标识信息或所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的质量信息。Receiving, by the first UE, information of at least one second uplink transmission beam sent by the network device, where the at least one second uplink transmission beam is at least one transmission determined by the network device from the at least one uplink transmission beam The information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam includes the identification information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam or the quality information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一UE根据显式指示或者隐式指示,在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;Transmitting, by the first UE, the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource according to an explicit indication or an implicit indication;
    所述第一UE根据显式指示,在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,包括:And sending, by the first UE, the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource according to the explicit indication, including:
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的第一指示信息,并根据所述第一指示信息在所述的第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行 信息;Receiving, by the first UE, the first indication information that is sent by the network device, and sending the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource according to the first indication information, where the first indication is The information is used to indicate that the first UE sends the uplink on the second resource by using the at least one uplink transmission beam. information;
    所述第一UE根据隐式指示,在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,包括:The first UE sends the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource according to the implicit indication, including:
    所述第一UE根据所述第一UE接收的所述第二资源信息,在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,所述第二资源信息指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;或,The first UE sends uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource according to the second resource information received by the first UE, where the second resource information indicates the first Transmitting, by the UE, the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource; or
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的预定的信息,并根据所述预定的信息在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,所述预定的信息指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,所述预定的信息包括预定的序列、预定的编码或预定的时频资源位置;或,Receiving, by the first UE, predetermined information sent by the network device, and transmitting uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource according to the predetermined information, where the predetermined information indicates the Transmitting, by the first UE, the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, where the predetermined information includes a predetermined sequence, a predetermined code, or a predetermined time-frequency resource location; or
    所述第一UE获知所述网络设备启用或激活预定的资源之后,所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。After the first UE learns that the network device enables or activates a predetermined resource, the first UE sends uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the receiving, by the first UE, the first indication information sent by the network device comprises:
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的随机接入过程中的竞争解决消息,所述竞争解决消息中携带所述第一指示信息;或,Receiving, by the first UE, a contention resolution message in a random access procedure sent by the network device, where the contention resolution message carries the first indication information; or
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备在物理下行控制信道PDCCH上发送的下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI中携带所述第一指示信息。The first UE receives the downlink control information DCI sent by the network device on the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, where the DCI carries the first indication information.
  17. 根据权利要求14至16任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的第二资源信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the receiving, by the first UE, the second resource information sent by the network device comprises:
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的所述竞争解决消息,所述竞争解决消息中携带所述第二资源信息;或,Receiving, by the first UE, the contention resolution message sent by the network device, where the contention resolution message carries the second resource information; or
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备在所述PDCCH上发送的DCI,所述DCI中携带所述第二资源信息。The first UE receives the DCI sent by the network device on the PDCCH, and the DCI carries the second resource information.
  18. 根据权利要求14至17任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 14 to 17, wherein
    所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束向所述网络设备发送的上行信息包括序列、帧、消息和信号中的至少一项。The uplink information that the first UE sends to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource includes at least one of a sequence, a frame, a message, and a signal.
  19. 根据权利要求14至18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一UE的标识信息。The first UE receives the identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device.
  20. 根据权利要求14至19任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一UE的标识信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 19, wherein the receiving, by the first UE, the identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device, includes:
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一UE的标识信息;或,Receiving, by the first UE, identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device; or
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备使用加扰的第一UE的标识信息或使用加扰的第一UE的小区无线网络临时标识CRNTI,在PDCCH上发送的全部或者部分下行信息。And the first UE receives all or part of downlink information that is sent by the network device on the PDCCH by using the identifier information of the first UE that is scrambled or the cell radio network temporary identifier CRNTI of the first UE that is scrambled.
  21. 根据权利要求14至20任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 20, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一UE执行下述至少一项:The first UE performs at least one of the following:
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备指示的用于所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的标识信息;Receiving, by the first UE, identifier information of an uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device, where the first UE sends uplink information on the second resource;
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备指示的所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送的上 行信息的类型;Receiving, by the first UE, the first UE indicated by the network device on the second resource Type of line information;
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备指示的所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用上行传输波束发送的上行信息的次数;Receiving, by the first UE, the number of times that the first UE, according to the network device, uses the uplink transmission beam to send uplink information on the second resource;
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备指示的用于所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的数目;Receiving, by the first UE, a number of uplink transmission beams that are sent by the network device, where the first UE sends uplink information on the second resource;
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备指示的用于所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的顺序。And the first UE receives an order of the uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device, where the first UE sends uplink information on the second resource.
  22. 根据权利要求14至21任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 21, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的分组信息,所述分组信息包括组标识信息和所述组标识信息对应的上行传输波束的标识信息中的至少一项。Receiving, by the first UE, packet information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device, where the packet information includes at least one of group identification information and identifier information of an uplink transmission beam corresponding to the group identifier information. One.
  23. 根据权利要求14至22任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一UE在所述第一资源上使用所述至少一个第一上行传输波束向所述网络设备发送所述第一UE的标识信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 22, wherein the first UE sends the first to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource. Before the identification information of the UE, the method further includes:
    所述第一UE接收所述网络设备发送的至少一个第一上行传输波束的标识信息。The first UE receives identification information of at least one first uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device.
  24. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括接收模块、发送模块和确定模块;A network device, comprising: a receiving module, a sending module, and a determining module;
    所述接收模块,用于接收第一用户设备UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列;The receiving module is configured to receive a preamble sequence that is sent by the first user equipment UE by using at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述发送模块,用于向所述第一UE发送第一资源信息,所述第一资源信息指示所述网络设备为所述第一UE配置的第一资源,所述第一资源用于所述第一UE使用至少一个第一上行传输波束发送所述第一UE的标识信息,所述至少一个第一上行传输波束为所述至少一个上行传输波束中的部分或全部的传输波束;The sending module is configured to send the first resource information to the first UE, where the first resource information indicates that the network device is a first resource configured by the first UE, and the first resource is used by the first resource Transmitting, by the first UE, identifier information of the first UE by using at least one first uplink transmission beam, where the at least one first uplink transmission beam is a part or all of a transmission beam of the at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述第一UE在所述发送模块发送的所述第一资源上使用所述至少一个第一上行传输波束发送的所述第一UE的标识信息;The receiving module is further configured to receive, by the first UE, identifier information of the first UE that is sent by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource that is sent by the sending module;
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一UE发送第二资源信息,所述第二资源信息指示所述网络设备为所述第一UE配置的第二资源,所述第二资源用于所述第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;The sending module is further configured to send the second resource information to the first UE, where the second resource information indicates that the network device is a second resource configured by the first UE, and the second resource is used by The first UE sends uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述第一UE在所述发送模块发送的所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送的上行信息;The receiving module is further configured to receive uplink information that is sent by the first UE by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource that is sent by the sending module;
    所述确定模块,用于根据接收模块接收的所述第一UE发送的上行信息,从所述至少一个上行传输波束中确定至少一个第二上行传输波束;The determining module is configured to determine, according to the uplink information sent by the first UE, the at least one second uplink transmission beam from the at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一UE发送所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息,所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息包括所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的标识信息或所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的质量信息。The sending module is further configured to send information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE, where the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam includes an identifier of the at least one second uplink transmission beam Information or quality information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备还包括指示模块;The network device according to claim 24, wherein the network device further comprises an indication module;
    所述指示模块,用于显式指示或者隐式指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;The indication module is configured to explicitly indicate or implicitly instruct the first UE to send uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource;
    所述指示模块,具体用于通过所述发送模块向所述第一UE发送第一指示信息, 所述第一指示信息用于显式指示所述第一UE使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;或,The indication module is specifically configured to send, by using the sending module, first indication information to the first UE, where The first indication information is used to explicitly indicate that the first UE sends uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam; or
    所述指示模块,具体用于通过所述发送模块向所述第一UE发送预定的信息,所述预定的信息隐式指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,所述预定的信息包括预定的序列、预定的编码或预定的时频资源位置;或,The indication module is specifically configured to send predetermined information to the first UE by using the sending module, where the predetermined information implicitly indicates that the first UE uses the at least one uplink on the second resource The transmission beam transmits uplink information, where the predetermined information includes a predetermined sequence, a predetermined code, or a predetermined time-frequency resource location; or
    所述指示模块,具体用于通过启用或激活预定的资源隐式指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。The indication module is specifically configured to implicitly instruct the first UE to send uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource by enabling or activating a predetermined resource.
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to claim 24 or 25, characterized in that
    所述发送模块,具体用于将所述第一指示信息携带在随机接入过程中的竞争解决消息中发送给所述第一UE;或,The sending module is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the first UE in a contention resolution message in a random access procedure; or
    所述发送模块,具体用于将所述第一指示信息携带在物理下行控制信道PDCCH的下行控制信息DCI中发送给所述第一UE。The sending module is configured to send the first indication information to the first UE by using the downlink control information DCI of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  27. 根据权利要求24至26任意一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any one of claims 24 to 26, characterized in that
    所述发送模块,具体用于将所述第二资源信息携带在所述竞争解决消息中发送给所述第一UE;或,The sending module is configured to send the second resource information in the contention resolution message to the first UE; or
    所述发送模块,具体用于将所述第二资源信息携带在所述PDCCH的DCI中发送给所述第一UE。The sending module is specifically configured to carry the second resource information in a DCI of the PDCCH and send the information to the first UE.
  28. 根据权利要求24至27任意一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any one of claims 24 to 27, characterized in that
    所述网络设备接收的所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送的上行信息包括序列、帧、消息和信号中的至少一项。The uplink information that is sent by the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam by the first UE on the second resource includes at least one of a sequence, a frame, a message, and a signal.
  29. 根据权利要求24至28任意一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any one of claims 24 to 28, characterized in that
    所述确定模块,还用于在所述接收模块接收到至少两个UE在所述第一资源上发送的所述至少两个UE的标识信息的情况下,从至少两个UE中确定所述第一UE;The determining module is further configured to: when the receiving module receives the identifier information of the at least two UEs that are sent by the at least two UEs on the first resource, determine the at least two UEs First UE;
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一UE发送所述第一UE的标识信息。The sending module is further configured to send the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE.
  30. 根据权利要求24至29任意一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any one of claims 24 to 29, characterized in that
    所述发送模块,具体用于向所述第一UE发送所述第一UE的标识信息;或,The sending module is specifically configured to send the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE; or
    所述发送模块,具体用于使用加扰的第一UE的标识信息或使用加扰的第一UE的小区无线网络临时标识CRNTI,在下行控制信道PDCCH上发送全部或者部分下行信息,以指示所述网络设备向所述第一UE发送了所述第一UE的标识信息。The sending module is specifically configured to send all or part of downlink information on the downlink control channel PDCCH by using the identifier information of the scrambled first UE or using the scrambled first cell UE radio network temporary identifier CRNTI to indicate the location The network device sends the identifier information of the first UE to the first UE.
  31. 根据权利要求24至30任意一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any one of claims 24 to 30, characterized in that
    所述发送模块,还用于在所述接收模块接收到至少两个UE发送的至少两个UE的标识信息的情况下,向所述至少两个UE发送所述至少两个UE各自的第二资源信息,所述第二资源信息用于UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。The sending module is further configured to: when the receiving module receives the identifier information of the at least two UEs sent by the at least two UEs, send the second second of the at least two UEs to the at least two UEs The resource information, where the second resource information is used by the UE to send uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam.
  32. 根据权利要求24至31任意一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any one of claims 24 to 31, characterized in that
    所述发送模块,还用于在向所述至少两个UE发送所述至少两个UE各自的第二资源信息之后,向所述至少两个UE中的每个UE发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示每个UE使用每个UE的至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。The sending module is further configured to: after sending the second resource information of the at least two UEs to the at least two UEs, send the first indication information to each of the at least two UEs, where The first indication information is used to indicate that each UE sends uplink information by using at least one uplink transmission beam of each UE.
  33. 根据权利要求24至32任意一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于, A network device according to any one of claims 24 to 32, characterized in that
    所述发送模块,还用于执行下述至少一项:The sending module is further configured to perform at least one of the following:
    向所述第一UE发送所述网络设备指示的用于所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的标识信息;And transmitting, to the first UE, identifier information of an uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device, where the first UE sends uplink information on the second resource, where
    向所述第一UE发送所述网络设备指示的所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送的上行信息的类型;Transmitting, to the first UE, a type of uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource that is indicated by the network device;
    向所述第一UE发送所述网络设备指示的所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用上行传输波束发送的上行信息的次数;Transmitting, to the first UE, a number of times that the first UE indicated by the network device sends uplink information sent by using an uplink transmission beam on the second resource;
    向所述第一UE发送所述网络设备指示的用于所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的数目;Transmitting, to the first UE, a number of uplink transmission beams that are sent by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource;
    向所述第一UE发送所述网络设备指示的用于所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的顺序。And transmitting, to the first UE, an order of the uplink transmission beam that is sent by the network device for the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
  34. 根据权利要求24至33任意一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any one of claims 24 to 33, characterized in that
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一UE发送所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的分组信息,所述分组信息包括组标识信息和所述组标识信息对应的上行传输波束的标识信息中的至少一项。The sending module is further configured to send the group information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam to the first UE, where the group information includes group identification information and identifier information of an uplink transmission beam corresponding to the group identifier information. At least one of them.
  35. 根据权利要求24至34任意一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any one of claims 24 to 34, characterized in that
    所述发送模块,具体用于将所述第一资源信息携带在随机接入响应消息中发送给所述第一UE。The sending module is configured to carry the first resource information in a random access response message and send the message to the first UE.
  36. 根据权利要求24至35任意一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any one of claims 24 to 35, characterized in that
    所述确定模块,还用于所述接收模块接收第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列之后,根据所述第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送的前导序列,确定所述至少一个第一上行传输波束;The determining module is further configured to: after the receiving module receives a preamble sequence that is sent by the first UE by using at least one uplink transmission beam, determine the at least one according to the preamble sequence sent by the first UE by using at least one uplink transmission beam. First uplink transmission beam;
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一UE发送所述至少一个第一上行传输波束的标识信息。The sending module is further configured to send the identifier information of the at least one first uplink transmission beam to the first UE.
  37. 一种用户设备UE,其特征在于,所述UE为第一UE,所述UE包括发送模块和接收模块;A user equipment (UE), wherein the UE is a first UE, and the UE includes a sending module and a receiving module;
    所述发送模块,用于使用至少一个上行传输波束向网络设备发送前导序列;The sending module is configured to send a preamble sequence to the network device by using at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述接收模块,用于接收所述网络设备发送的第一资源信息,所述第一资源信息指示第一资源,所述第一资源用于所述第一UE使用所述至少一个第一上行传输波束发送所述第一UE的标识信息,所述至少一个第一上行传输波束为所述至少一个上行传输波束中的部分或全部的传输波束;The receiving module is configured to receive first resource information that is sent by the network device, where the first resource information indicates a first resource, and the first resource is used by the first UE to use the at least one first uplink Transmitting, by the transmission beam, the identifier information of the first UE, where the at least one first uplink transmission beam is part or all of the transmission beams of the at least one uplink transmission beam;
    所述发送模块,还用于在所述第一资源上使用所述至少一个第一上行传输波束向所述网络设备发送所述第一UE的标识信息;The sending module is further configured to send the identifier information of the first UE to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述网络设备发送的第二资源信息,所述第二资源信息指示第二资源,所述第二资源用于所述第一UE使用至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;The receiving module is further configured to receive second resource information that is sent by the network device, where the second resource information indicates a second resource, where the second resource is used by the first UE to send by using at least one uplink transmission beam. Uplink information;
    所述发送模块,还用于在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波速向所述网络设备发送上行信息;The sending module is further configured to send uplink information to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission wave speed on the second resource;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述网络设备发送的至少一个第二上行传输波束的信 息,所述至少一个第二上行传输波束为所述网络设备从所述至少一个上行传输波束中确定的至少一个传输波束,所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的信息包括所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的标识信息或所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的质量信息。The receiving module is further configured to receive a letter of the at least one second uplink transmission beam sent by the network device The at least one second uplink transmission beam is at least one transmission beam determined by the network device from the at least one uplink transmission beam, and the information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam includes the at least one second Identification information of the uplink transmission beam or quality information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的UE,其特征在于,The UE of claim 37, wherein
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述网络设备发送的第一指示信息;所述发送模块,还用于根据所述第一指示信息在所述的第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,所述第一指示信息用于显式指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;或,The receiving module is further configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device, where the sending module is further configured to use the at least one uplink transmission on the second resource according to the first indication information. And transmitting, by the beam, uplink information, where the first indication information is used to explicitly indicate that the first UE sends uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource; or
    所述发送模块,还用于根据所述接收模块接收的所述第二资源信息,在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,所述第二资源信息隐式指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息;或,The sending module is further configured to send uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource according to the second resource information received by the receiving module, where the second resource information is implicitly indicated Transmitting, by the first UE, the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource; or
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述网络设备发送的预定的信息;所述发送模块,还用于根据所述预定的信息在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,所述预定的信息隐式指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,所述预定的信息包括预定的序列、预定的编码或预定的时频资源位置;或,The receiving module is further configured to receive the predetermined information sent by the network device, where the sending module is further configured to send, by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, an uplink on the second resource according to the predetermined information. Information, the predetermined information implicitly indicating that the first UE sends uplink information on the second resource by using the at least one uplink transmission beam, where the predetermined information includes a predetermined sequence, a predetermined code, or a predetermined Time-frequency resource location; or,
    所述发送模块,还用于在所述第一UE获知所述网络设备启用或激活预定的资源之后,在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息,其中,所述网络设备启用或激活预定的资源隐式指示所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用所述至少一个上行传输波束发送上行信息。The sending module is further configured to: after the first UE learns that the network device enables or activates a predetermined resource, send the uplink information by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource, where The network device enables or activates the predetermined resource implicitly indicating that the first UE transmits the uplink information on the second resource by using the at least one uplink transmission beam.
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的UE,其特征在于,The UE according to claim 37 or 38, characterized in that
    所述接收模块,具体用于接收所述网络设备发送的随机接入过程中的竞争解决消息,所述竞争解决消息中携带所述第一指示信息;或,The receiving module is configured to receive a contention resolution message in a random access process sent by the network device, where the contention resolution message carries the first indication information; or
    所述接收模块,具体用于接收所述网络设备在物理下行控制信道PDCCH上发送的下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI中携带所述第一指示信息。The receiving module is configured to receive the downlink control information DCI that is sent by the network device on the PDCCH of the physical downlink control channel, where the DCI carries the first indication information.
  40. 根据权利要求37至39所述的UE,其特征在于,The UE according to any one of claims 37 to 39, characterized in that
    所述接收模块,具体用于接收所述网络设备发送的所述竞争解决消息,所述竞争解决消息中携带所述第二资源信息;或,The receiving module is configured to receive the contention resolution message that is sent by the network device, where the contention resolution message carries the second resource information; or
    所述接收模块,具体用于接收所述网络设备在所述PDCCH上发送的DCI,所述DCI中携带所述第二资源信息。The receiving module is specifically configured to receive a DCI that is sent by the network device on the PDCCH, where the DCI carries the second resource information.
  41. 根据权利要求37至40所述的UE,其特征在于,The UE according to any one of claims 37 to 40, characterized in that
    所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用至少一个上行传输波束向所述网络设备发送的上行信息包括序列、帧、消息和信号中的至少一项。The uplink information that the first UE sends to the network device by using the at least one uplink transmission beam on the second resource includes at least one of a sequence, a frame, a message, and a signal.
  42. 根据权利要求37至41所述的UE,其特征在于,The UE according to any one of claims 37 to 41, characterized in that
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一UE的标识信息。The receiving module is further configured to receive identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device.
  43. 根据权利要求37至42所述的UE,其特征在于,The UE according to claims 37 to 42, characterized in that
    所述接收模块,具体用于接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一UE的标识信息;或,The receiving module is specifically configured to receive the identifier information of the first UE that is sent by the network device; or
    所述接收模块,具体用于接收所述网络设备使用加扰的第一UE的标识信息或使用加扰的第一UE的小区无线网络临时标识CRNTI,在PDCCH上发送的全部或者部 分下行信息。The receiving module is specifically configured to receive, by using, the identifier information of the first UE that is scrambled by the network device, or use the cell radio network temporary identifier CRNTI of the first UE that is scrambled, and send all or part of the information on the PDCCH. Divide down information.
  44. 根据权利要求37至43所述的UE,其特征在于,The UE according to claims 37 to 43, characterized in that
    所述接收模块,还用于执行下述至少一项:The receiving module is further configured to perform at least one of the following:
    接收所述网络设备指示的用于所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的标识信息;Receiving, by the network device, identifier information of an uplink transmission beam used by the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource;
    接收所述网络设备指示的所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送的上行信息的类型;Receiving, by the network device, a type of uplink information that is sent by the first UE on the second resource;
    接收所述网络设备指示的所述第一UE在所述第二资源上使用上行传输波束发送的上行信息的次数;Receiving, by the network device, the number of times that the first UE sends uplink information sent by using an uplink transmission beam on the second resource;
    接收所述网络设备指示的用于所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的数目;Receiving, by the network device, a number of uplink transmission beams used by the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource;
    接收所述网络设备指示的用于所述第一UE在所述第二资源上发送上行信息的上行传输波束的顺序。And receiving, by the network device, an order of an uplink transmission beam used by the first UE to send uplink information on the second resource.
  45. 根据权利要求37至44所述的UE,其特征在于,The UE according to claims 37 to 44, characterized in that
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述网络设备发送的所述至少一个第二上行传输波束的分组信息,所述分组信息包括组标识信息和所述组标识信息对应的上行传输波束的标识信息中的至少一项。The receiving module is further configured to receive, by the network device, packet information of the at least one second uplink transmission beam, where the group information includes group identification information and identifier information of an uplink transmission beam corresponding to the group identifier information. At least one of them.
  46. 根据权利要求37至45所述的UE,其特征在于,The UE according to any one of claims 37 to 45, characterized in that
    所述接收模块还用于,在所述发送模块在所述第一资源上使用所述至少一个第一上行传输波束向所述网络设备发送所述第一UE的标识信息之前,接收所述网络设备发送的至少一个第一上行传输波束的标识信息。The receiving module is further configured to receive the network before the sending module sends the identifier information of the first UE to the network device by using the at least one first uplink transmission beam on the first resource. Identification information of at least one first uplink transmission beam sent by the device.
  47. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括处理器和与所述处理器耦合连接的存储器;A network device, comprising: a processor and a memory coupled to the processor;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机指令,当所述网络设备运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机指令,以使得所述网络设备执行如权利要求1至13任意一项所述的训练传输波束的方法。The memory is configured to store computer instructions that, when the network device is in operation, execute the computer instructions stored in the memory to cause the network device to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 13 The method of training the transmitted beam.
  48. 一种用户设备,其特征在于,包括处理器和与所述处理器耦合连接的存储器;A user equipment, comprising: a processor and a memory coupled to the processor;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机指令,当所述UE运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机指令,以使得所述UE执行如权利要求14至23任意一项所述的训练传输波束的方法。The memory is for storing computer instructions that, when the UE is running, execute the computer instructions stored by the memory to cause the UE to perform the training of any one of claims 14 to 23. The method of transmitting a beam.
  49. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在网络设备或用户设备UE上运行时,使得所述网络设备执行如权利要求1至13任意一项所述的传输控制信道的方法,或使得所述UE执行如权利要求14至23任意一项所述的训练传输波束的方法。A computer readable storage medium, comprising computer instructions that, when executed on a network device or user equipment UE, cause the network device to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 13 A method of transmitting a control channel, or a method of causing the UE to perform a training transmission beam according to any one of claims 14 to 23.
  50. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在网络设备或用户设备UE上运行时,使得所述网络设备执行如权利要求1至13任意一项所述的传输控制信道的方法,或使得所述UE执行如权利要求14至23任意一项所述的训练传输波束的方法。A computer program product comprising instructions, wherein when said computer program product is run on a network device or user equipment UE, said network device is caused to perform transmission control according to any one of claims 1 to 13. A method of a channel, or a method of causing the UE to perform a training transmission beam according to any one of claims 14 to 23.
  51. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求24至36任意一项或者权利要求47所述的网络设备,以及如权利要求37至46任意一项或者权利要求48所述的用户设备UE。 A communication system, characterized in that it comprises a network device according to any one of claims 24 to 36 or claim 47, and a user equipment UE according to any one of claims 37 to 46 or claim 48.
PCT/CN2017/101970 2017-07-05 2017-09-15 Method, apparatus and system for training transmission beam WO2019006882A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201780088060.5A CN110383705B (en) 2017-07-05 2017-09-15 Method, device and system for training transmission beam

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710543718 2017-07-05
CN201710543718.9 2017-07-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019006882A1 true WO2019006882A1 (en) 2019-01-10

Family

ID=64949574

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/101970 WO2019006882A1 (en) 2017-07-05 2017-09-15 Method, apparatus and system for training transmission beam

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN110383705B (en)
WO (1) WO2019006882A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111405676B (en) * 2020-03-18 2022-02-15 江苏创通电子股份有限公司 Data transmission processing method, equipment and storage medium
CN112351447A (en) * 2020-10-15 2021-02-09 北京贝耀信科技有限公司 Public place security big data collection method and system based on block chain system

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160065294A1 (en) * 2014-08-29 2016-03-03 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Method and apparatus for adaptive beam hopping in multi cell multi user communication system
WO2016055003A1 (en) * 2014-10-07 2016-04-14 Mediatek Inc. Beam administration methods for cellualr or wireless networks
CN106900075A (en) * 2016-05-13 2017-06-27 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of accidental access method, device, relevant device and system

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016011669A1 (en) * 2014-07-25 2016-01-28 华为技术有限公司 Communication device and method for resource allocation

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160065294A1 (en) * 2014-08-29 2016-03-03 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Method and apparatus for adaptive beam hopping in multi cell multi user communication system
WO2016055003A1 (en) * 2014-10-07 2016-04-14 Mediatek Inc. Beam administration methods for cellualr or wireless networks
CN106900075A (en) * 2016-05-13 2017-06-27 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of accidental access method, device, relevant device and system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110383705A (en) 2019-10-25
CN110383705B (en) 2021-08-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3565171B1 (en) Communication method, network device and terminal device
US11140707B2 (en) Time resource assignment signaling mechanism for MSG3 transmission
KR102381191B1 (en) Time Resource Allocation Signaling Mechanism for MSG3 Transmission
US11510249B2 (en) Flexible demodulation reference signal configuration for MSG3
US20230345409A1 (en) Positioning method on sidelink, terminal, and network side device
US20160338110A1 (en) Method for configuring physical channel, base station and user equipment
US20150038135A1 (en) Methods and devices of interference channel measurement in radio network
US10560979B2 (en) Measurement result reporting method, method for counting by timer, apparatus, and user equipment
WO2021138918A1 (en) Random access method and apparatus
WO2022117021A1 (en) Random access method and apparatus, terminal and network side device
WO2023025026A1 (en) Beam control method and apparatus, and signal repeater
EP3076730B1 (en) Information transmission method, user equipment and base station
EP3937564A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022117087A1 (en) Method and device for positioning on sidelink (sl), and terminal
CN110383705B (en) Method, device and system for training transmission beam
WO2023046053A1 (en) Reference signal transmission method and apparatus, and related device
WO2021249299A1 (en) Data processing method and apparatus, terminal and network side device
WO2018028532A1 (en) Control channel transmission method, device and system
WO2021134367A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020154923A1 (en) Drs sending method and apparatus
WO2016176848A1 (en) Signal transmission method and network device
WO2023116684A1 (en) Sidelink positioning signal scheduling method and apparatus, terminal, and network side device
WO2023151391A1 (en) Beam training method and communication apparatus
WO2022022553A1 (en) Coordinative interference processing method and related device
US20240080660A1 (en) Reconfigured Trigger-Frame Response

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17916505

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17916505

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1